Download Samsung CLP-600 دليل المستخدم

page
1
page
2
page
3
page
4
page
5
page
6
page
7
page
8
page
9
page
10
page
11
page
12
page
13
page
14
page
15
page
16
page
17
page
18
page
19
page
20
page
21
page
22
page
23
page
24
page
25
page
26
page
27
page
28
page
29
page
30
page
31
page
32
page
33
page
34
page
35
page
36
page
37
page
38
page
39
page
40
page
41
page
42
page
43
page
44
page
45
page
46
page
47
page
48
page
49
page
50
page
51
page
52
page
53
page
54
page
55
page
56
page
57
page
58
page
59
page
60
page
61
page
62
page
63
page
64
page
65
page
66
page
67
page
68
page
69
page
70
page
71
page
72
page
73
page
74
page
75
page
76
page
77
page
78
page
79
page
80
page
81
page
82
page
83
page
84
page
85
page
86
page
87
page
88
page
89
page
90
page
91
page
92
page
93
page
94
page
95
page
96
page
97
page
98
page
99
page
100
page
101
page
102
page
103
page
104
page
105
page
106
page
107
page
108
page
109
page
110
Transcript 
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung Electronics‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫© ‪ 2005‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ CLP-600‬ﻭ‪ CLP-600N‬ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ SAMSUNG‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ Samsung‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Apple‬ﻭ‪ TrueType‬ﻭ‪ Laser Writer‬ﻭ‪ Macintosh‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Apple Computer, Inc‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻭ‪ Windows‬ﻭ‪ Windows 98SE‬ﻭ‪ Windows Me‬ﻭ‪ Windows 2000‬ﻭ‪ Windows 2003‬ﻭ‪ Windows NT 4.0‬ﻭ‪ Windows XP‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Microsoft Corporation‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any comments or questions regarding Samsung products,
contact the SAMSUNG customer care center.
Country
Customer Care Center
Country
Web Site
Customer Care Center
Web Site
LUXEMBURG
02 261 03 710
www.samsung.lu
NETHERLANDS
0900 20 200 88
(€ 0,10/min)
www.samsung.com/nl
NORWAY
231 627 22
www.samsung.com/no
POLAND
0 801 801 881
www.samsung.com/pl
PORTUGAL
80 8 200 128
www.samsung.com/pt
SLOVAKIA
0850 123 989
www.samsung.com/sk
SPAIN
902 10 11 30
www.samsung.com/es
SWEDEN
08 585 367 87
www.samsung.com/se
U.K
0870 242 0303
www.samsung.com/uk
RUSSIA
8-800-200-0400
www.samsung.ru
UKRAINE
8-800-502-0000
www.samsung.com/ur
AUSTRALIA
1300 362 603
www.samsung.com/au
CHINA
800-810-5858
010- 6475 1880
www.samsung.com.cn
HONG KONG
2862 6001
www.samsung.com/hk
INDIA
3030 8282
1600 1100 11
www.samsung.com/in
INDONESIA
0800-112-8888
www.samsung.com/id
CANADA
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
www.samsung.com/ca
MEXICO
01-800-SAMSUNG
(7267864)
www.samsung.com/mx
U.S.A
1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
www.samsung.com
ARGENTINE
0800-333-3733
www.samsung.com/ar
BRAZIL
0800-124-421
www.samsung.com/br
CHILE
800-726-7864 (SAMSUNG)
www.samsung.com/cl
COSTA RICA
0-800-507-7267
www.samsung.com/latin
ECUADOR
1-800-10-7267
www.samsung.com/latin
EL SALVADOR
800-6225
www.samsung.com/latin
GUATEMALA
1-800-299-0013
www.samsung.com/latin
JAMAICA
1-800-234-7267
www.samsung.com/latin
PANAMA
800-7267
www.samsung.com/latin
PUERTO RICO
1-800-682-3180
www.samsung.com/latin
REP.
DOMINICA
1-800-751-2676
www.samsung.com/latin
TRINIDAD &
TOBAGO
1-800-7267-864
www.samsung.com/latin
VENEZUELA
1-800-100-5303
www.samsung.com/latin
JAPAN
0120-327-527
www.samsung.com/jp
BELGIUM
02 201 2418
www.samsung.com/be
MALAYSIA
1800-88-9999
www.samsung.com/my
CZECH
REPUBLIC
844 000 844
www.samsung.com/cz
PHILIPPINES
1800-10-SAMSUNG
(7267864)
www.samsung.com/ph
DENMARK
38 322 887
www.samsung.com/dk
SINGAPORE
1800-SAMSUNG (7267864)
www.samsung.com/sg
FINLAND
09 693 79 554
www.samsung.com/fi
THAILAND
www.samsung.com/th
FRANCE
08 25 08 65 65
(€ 0,15/min)
www.samsung.com/fr
1800-29-3232
02-689-3232
TAIWAN
0800-329-999
www.samsung.com/tw
GERMANY
01805 - 121213
(€ 0,12/min)
www.samsung.de
VIETNAM
1 800 588 889
www.samsung.com/vn
HUNGARY
06 40 985 985
www.samsung.com/hu
SOUTH AFRICA
0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
www.samsung.com/za
ITALIA
199 153 153
www.samsung.com/it
U.A.E
800SAMSUNG (7267864)
www.samsung.com/mea
i
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪1.1 ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪1.2 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ‪1.2 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ‪1.2 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ‪2.1 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪2.2 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪2.4 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2.5 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪2.6 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ‪2.6 .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪2.7 ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪2.7 ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪2.7 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪2.8 .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪2.8 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪2.8 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪2.9 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪3.1 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪3.1 ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪3.2 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪3.2 ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪3.2 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪3.3 ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Information‬ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‪3.4 .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Color‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ( ‪3.4 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Printer‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ‪3.4 ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ( ‪3.4 ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Network‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ‪3.5 ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪4.1 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ‪4.1 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪4.1 ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪4.1 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪4.1 .................................................................................................................. 1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪4.2 ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ‪4.2 .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ‪4.3 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪4.4 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ‪4.4 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ‪4.4 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ‪4.5 .......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ ‪4.5 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪5.1 .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪5.1 .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ii‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪6.1 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍﺕ ‪6.2 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪6.2 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪6.2 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﳋﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪6.2 ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪6.2 .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ‪6.4 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪6.5 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪6.6 .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪6.7 ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ‪6.7 ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‪6.7 .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪6.9 .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪7.1 ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪7.2 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪7.3 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪7.3 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ‪7.4 ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪7.5 ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪7.6 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪7.7 ............................................................................................................... 2‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪7.10 .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪7.10 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪7.12 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ‪7.14 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪7.14 ........................................................................................................ Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪7.14 .............................................................................................................. Linux‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪8.1 ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪8.1 ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪8.1 .................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪9.1 ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪9.1 ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ‪9.2 ...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪10.1 ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪10.1 .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪10.1 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪10.2 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.2 ........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.2 .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.2 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.3 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.3 ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪10.3 .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ‪10.4 ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪iii‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪DHHS 21 CFR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ‪ J‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )‪ ،(1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪.IEC 825‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )‪ ،(EPA‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Energy‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )‪(FCC‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )ﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺿﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪iv‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ )ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ )ﺏ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ )ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ ICES‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 003‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‬
‫‪.Industry and Science Canada‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ CE‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ‪ 93/68/EEC‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Cet appareil numérique respecte les limites de bruits‬‬
‫‪radioélectriques applicables aux appareils numériques de‬‬
‫‪Classe B prescrites dans la norme sur le matériel brouilleur :‬‬
‫‪« Appareils Numériques », ICES-003 édictée par l’Industrie‬‬
‫‪et Sciences Canada.‬‬
‫‪ 01‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ :1995 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ 73/23/EEC‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 01‬ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ‪ :1996 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪89/336/EEC‬‬
‫)‪ (92/31/EEC‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 09‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‪ :1999 ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪ 1999/5/EC‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪Federal Communications Commission (FCC‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪ ،((RF‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ‪ 1999/5/EC‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ )‪(FAX‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪ (FCC ID‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (PTSN‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ .1999/5/EC‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪ PSTNs‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪ PBXs‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻢ )‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫)‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪Euro QA Lab of Samsung‬‬
‫‪ .Electronics Co., Ltd‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ TBR21‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .TBR38‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )‪ (ETSI‬ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ )‪ (EG 201 121‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ TBR21‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪ (1) :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ )‪ (2‬ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ(‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ؛ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪ ،((RF‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺳﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ CE‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (Notified Body‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫”ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﺳﻢ‪ 2‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ‪“.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪.R&TTE‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻤﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻠﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ )ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻛﺴﻤﺒﻮﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﺨﺘﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ 2446.5-2483.5‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺣﻼﺕ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪ ،((RF‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳ ﹸﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻢ )‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ )ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺳﻢ )‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫‪) 802.11B‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ( ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪vi‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ!‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ )ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/‬‬
‫‪ .2000/2003/XP‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows NT 4.0‬ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻭﻧﻈﻢ ‪ Linux OS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺰﺝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ )ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺔ( ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‪10/100 ،‬‬
‫‪ .Base TX‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 2,400 x 600‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ(‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪ A4‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 20‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪ Letter‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 21‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫)ﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺥ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻍ‪/‬ﻡ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ(‬
‫• ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (1‬ﻭﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪.A4/Letter‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫‪CLP-600‬‬
‫‪CLP-600N‬‬
‫‪USB 2.0‬‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﻍ‪/‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪(Base TX 10/100‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﺳﺮﻱ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪Base TX + 802.11 10/100‬‬
‫‪ a/b/g‬ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻟﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪1.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻍ‪/‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ*‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪(.3.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ**‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫)ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫)ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪(.2‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫** ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺨﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.Adobe Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺆﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ 28.5‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(1.2‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﹰ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫– ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ ،OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.2‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻜﺎ ﺑﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻀﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﻀﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،%5‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺳﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 4,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪2.3‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 250 (1‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ A4‬ﻭ‪.Letter‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﻓﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﹰ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.4‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪ Letter‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،A4‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ A4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،Letter‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫‪2.5‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺴﻜﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻐﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻼﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪.USB (Universal Serial Bus‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪ 5‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.4‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.6‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ Windows 98SE/Me/2000/2003/XP‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺑﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.10.3-10.4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ UTP‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪.(RJ.45‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪.LAN‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .8.1‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.7‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎم‪ .‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫• ‪ - Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP/2003‬وﻳﻌﺮض اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﻧﻈﺎم ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Menu‬‬
‫”‪) “Setup‬إﻋﺪاد( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻄﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Enter‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر ”‪) “LCD Language‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) Enter‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻠﻮرﻳﺔ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻄﺮ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل )‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫أو‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪RAM‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮص‬
‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت‬
‫‪Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/2000/‬‬
‫‪XP/2003‬‬
‫‪98SE/Me‬‬
‫‪ 32‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪NT 4.0/2000‬‬
‫‪ 64‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪XP‬‬
‫‪ 128‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪2003‬‬
‫‪ 256‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪Windows 98SE/‬‬
‫‪Me/NT 4.0/2000/‬‬
‫‪XP/2003‬‬
‫‪ 300‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪ Internet‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪ 5.0‬أو أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪Explorer‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻧﻬﺎء إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ‪ ،Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/2003‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺴﺌﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻏﻴﺮ أن ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ Windows NT 4.0‬ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮاز ‪CLP-600N‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫وﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ .Windows‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ وﻣﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Samsung‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ .SmartPanel‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث أﺧﻄﺎء ﻃﺒﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.SmartPanel‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ .Macintosh‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ‪ .Linux‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ Linux‬واﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪2.8‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ‪ - Macintosh 10.3-10.4‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ - Linux‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎص‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‬
‫• ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Linux Windows 98SE/‬‬
‫‪Me/NT 4.0/‬‬
‫‪2000/XP/2003‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫)‪(CUPS‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪(N-up‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ‬
‫* ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.NT 4.0‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.9‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫* ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪.CLP-600N‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪Ready‬‬
‫)ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ(‬
‫‪Offline‬‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ On Line/Continue،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ On Line/Continue،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Processing...‬‬
‫)ﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪(...‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Cancel‬‬
‫‪Sleeping...‬‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻤﻮﻝ(‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.3.4‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 7.12‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3.1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫)ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ(‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪) on-line‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ( ﻭ‪) off-line‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ On Line/Continue‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.2‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ(‬
‫*ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪.SmartPanel‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 7.12‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻊ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ .SmartPanel‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻷﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ *‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﹸﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 3.3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.3.4‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫( ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫( ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪.4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫( ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﺠﻤﺔ )*( ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Cancel‬‬
‫‪) Information‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫( ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(.3.4‬‬
‫‪Configuration‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫‪Menu Map‬‬
‫)ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ(‬
‫‪Demo Page‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻮﻝ )ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Color‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‬
‫‪) Printer‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(.3.4‬‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(.3.4‬‬
‫‪Custom Color‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ(‬
‫‪Auto Color Reg‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ(‬
‫‪Default Set‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫‪Current Job‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪) Setup‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(.3.4‬‬
‫‪LCD Language‬‬
‫)ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪Power Save‬‬
‫)ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫‪Auto Continue‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪Jam Recovery‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ(‬
‫‪Altitude Adj.‬‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫‪Maintenance‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪) Network‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(.3.5‬‬
‫‪Config Network‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪Config TCP‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(TCP‬‬
‫‪IP Get Method‬‬
‫)ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪(IP‬‬
‫‪IP Address‬‬
‫)ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪(IP‬‬
‫‪Subnet Mask‬‬
‫)ﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪Gateway‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ(‬
‫*‪Config WLAN‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(WLAN‬‬
‫*‪WLAN Default‬‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪(WLAN‬‬
‫‪Netware‬‬
‫‪Config Netware‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(Netware‬‬
‫‪IPX Frame Type‬‬
‫)ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪(IPX‬‬
‫‪Reset Network‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪Default Set‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫‪Print Net CFG‬‬
‫)ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫* ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Information‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ( ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫)*‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪Configuration‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.1‬‬
‫‪Menu Map‬‬
‫)ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ(‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Demo Page‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪LCD Language‬‬
‫)ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)*‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫‪Power Save‬‬
‫)ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻧﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :CMYK‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Manual Adjust‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Auto Color Reg‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪) Off :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪) On ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪Auto Continue‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Run Now‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ(‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Auto Color Reg‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ( ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪) Off :‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪) On ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Printer‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪Jam Recovery‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ( • ‪) Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ 5) 5 Minutes :‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ(‪ 10) 10 Minutes ،‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 15) 15 Minutes‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪ 30) 30 Minutes ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 45) 45 Minutes‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪ 60) 60 Minutes ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ 120) 120 Minutes‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Default‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Custom Color‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪) English :‬ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‪) Czech ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Danish‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻤﺎﺭﻛﻴﺔ(‪) Dutch ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ(‪) Finish ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) French‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ(‪) German ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪) Hungarian ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻳﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Italian‬ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪) Norwegian ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺠﻴﺔ(‪) Polish ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Portuguese‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪) Russian ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ(‪) Spanish ،‬ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Swedish‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻳﺔ(‪) Turkish ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Color‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫‪Default Set‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Current Job‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪Altitude Adj.‬‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫‪3.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪) Plain :‬ﺳﻬﻞ(‪) High ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(‪) Higher ،‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) Highest‬ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼك‪.‬‬
‫‪Maintenance‬‬
‫)اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‬
‫• ‪) Check Others‬ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼك‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ ‪) Fuser‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ(‬‫ ‪) MP Pickroll‬ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻷﻏﺮاض(‪،‬‬‫‪) Tray1 Pickroll‬ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪،(1‬‬
‫‪) Tray2 Pickroll‬ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :(2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻨﻴﻲ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Alarm Shortage‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺺ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼك(‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺪد ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺬي ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻪ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﺺ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼك‪.‬‬
‫‪) Off‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪) On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪IP Address‬‬
‫)ﻋﻨﻮان ‪(IP‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Static‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻷول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 0‬و‪ ،255‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ واﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Subnet Mask‬‬
‫)ﻗﻨﺎع اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Static‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ .‬وﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎع اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻷول ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬و‪ ،255‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ واﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Gateway‬‬
‫)اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Static‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ .‬وﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻷول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬و‪ ،255‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Enter‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ واﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Network‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪) Yes :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪) No ،‬ﻻ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)*‪ :‬اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ(‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪Config WLAN‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(WLAN‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪) Yes :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪) No ،‬ﻻ(‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ أم ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪Config Network‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫راﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.8.4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ‪TCP/IP‬‬
‫و‪.Netware‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ إﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪) Config TCP‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (TCP‬و‪) Config WLAN‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ (WLAN‬و‪.Netware‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪) Yes :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪) No ،‬ﻻ(‬
‫‪Config TCP‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(TCP‬‬
‫‪WLAN Default‬‬
‫)اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ أو ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪.IP‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ إﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪.IP‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺧﻴﺎر‬
‫‪) IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ .(IP‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ أن ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪.IP‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪) On :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) Off ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ Netware‬أو ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Netware‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪) Static :‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪DHCP ،BOOTP ،‬‬
‫‪IP Get Method‬‬
‫)ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪(IP‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪،SSID :‬‬
‫‪) Operation Mode‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪Frequency ،‬‬
‫‪) Mode‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺮدد(‪) Channel ،‬اﻟﻘﻨﺎة(‪Security ،‬‬
‫‪) Mode‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ(‪) Authentication ،‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) WEP Encryption‬ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪Using Key ،(WEP‬‬
‫)اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح(‪) Key Type ،‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح(‪،‬‬
‫و ‪) Key1~Key4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ‪-1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ‪.(4‬‬
‫وﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) Config TCP‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(TCP‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪Config‬‬
‫‪) Netware‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪.(Netware‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Config Netware‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،(Netware‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻮع اﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Static‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬وﻗﻨﺎع اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺒﻮاﺑﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪) Yes :‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪) No ،‬ﻻ(‬
‫• ‪ :BOOTP‬ﻳﻘﻮم ﺧﺎدم ‪ BOOTP‬ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺧﺎص ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :DHCP‬ﻳﻘﻮم ﺧﺎدم ‪ DHCP‬ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺧﺎص ﺑﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Config Netware‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(Netware‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ Netware‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫وﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ أو ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻮع اﻹﻃﺎر‪ .‬اﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻹﻃﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺧﻴﺎر‬
‫‪) IPX Frame Type‬ﻧﻮع إﻃﺎر ‪.(IPX‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪) Auto :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪،EN_8022 ،EN_II ،EN_8023 ،‬‬
‫‪EN_SNAP‬‬
‫‪IPX Frame Type‬‬
‫)ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪(IPX‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪Config Netware‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (Netware‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪.IPX‬‬
‫• ‪) Auto‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_8022‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪.IEEE 802.2‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_8023‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪.IEEE 802.3‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_II‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪.ETHERNET II‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_SNAP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪.SNAP‬‬
‫‪Reset Network‬‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Default Set‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Print Net CFG‬‬
‫)ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3.6‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺰﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﻠ ﹰﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ”ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪4.4‬‬
‫‪،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ‪ 20-24‬ﺭﻃﻞ )‪ 75-90‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ (2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪2‬‬‫ ‪ 20-43‬ﺭﻃﻞ )‪ 75-163‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ (2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬‫• ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻧﺎﺻﻊ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪10.2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻋﻠ ﹰﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ*‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪500‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ**‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ**‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ**‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 0.1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﻓﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺶ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻧ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺨﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ”ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 4.1‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫** ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪4.1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ A4‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Letter‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،2‬ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ 9.1‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺣﻜﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫”ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.4‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ 100‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،2‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.4‬‬
‫• ﻭﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﹰ‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪:‬‬
‫‪4.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﹰ ﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi-Purpose‬‬
‫‪) Tray‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Manual Feed‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪Manual Feed‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Source‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ( ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪4.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺘﺼﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﻮﺏ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi-Purpose Tray‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ( ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Envelope‬ﻣﻈﺮﻭﻑ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 0.1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi-Purpose Tray‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ( ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Labels‬ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi-Purpose Tray‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ( ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Preprinted‬ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫• ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺬﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 0.1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺒﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ( ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪ 5.5 x 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ‪ 140 x 90‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5 x 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪ 356 x 216‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 14 x 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 90‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻋﺮﺿﹰ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ 140‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻃﻮﻻ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 4.3‬ﻣﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪4.5‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Multi-Purpose‬‬
‫‪) Tray‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ‪) Size‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ( ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪4.6‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ .Linux‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪﺀ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ ،Windows 98SE/NT 4.0/2000/Me‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Settings‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺛﻢ ‪) Printers‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ ،Windows XP/2003‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Printers and Faxes‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.Samsung CLP-600 Series‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Document‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Cancel Printing‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫)ﻓﻲ ‪ (Windows 98SE/Me‬ﺃﻭ ‪) Cancel‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ( )ﻓﻲ ‪Windows NT 4.0/‬‬
‫‪.(2000/XP/2003‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Cancel‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5.1‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪:CLP-600‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 10-15‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪:CLP-600N‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪) “Information‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫( ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Configuration‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6.1‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫إدارة ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺘﻮرﻳﺪات‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷداء اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺪوث أﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮرق ﺗﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ أو ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ‪ .‬وإذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻓﺈن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ(‬
‫)رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ(‬
‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮاﺗﻬﺎ إﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪا ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻞء ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎن اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻷﺿﺮار اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ أﻋﻴﺪ ﻣﻠﺆﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ 4,000 .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ*‬
‫‪6.4‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﻟﻤﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ 4,000 .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ*‬
‫‪6.4‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫)ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪(CLP-T600A‬‬
‫‪Replace Transfer‬‬
‫‪Belt‬‬
‫)اﺳﺘﺒﺪل ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق(‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪35,000 .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ**‬
‫‪6.5‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫)‪ 110‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪،CLP-F600A‬‬
‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪(CLP-F600B‬‬
‫‪Replace Fuser‬‬
‫)اﺳﺘﺒﺪل وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ(‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ 50,000 .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪6.6‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ***‬
‫‪Replace MP‬‬
‫‪) Pick-roller‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻷﻏﺮاض(‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ 50,000 .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫)ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪(CLP-K600A‬‬
‫‪Replace Black‬‬
‫‪Toner‬‬
‫)اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻷﺳﻮد(‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻠﻮن ]‪Replace [Color‬‬
‫‪Toner‬‬
‫)أزرق‪ :‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫)اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[(‬
‫‪،CLP-C600A‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺷﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪،CLP-M600A‬‬
‫أﺻﻔﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪(CLP-Y600A‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ‪ ،%5‬ﻓﺈن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 4,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﻟﻮان اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻳﺼﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺎدﺋﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ 2,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﻟﻮان اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮب ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻔﺎد‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎﻫﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻮان ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻂ أﻟﻮان اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ أﺣﺪ اﻷﻟﻮان ﻋﻦ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺪدة اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اﻧﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫”‪) “Ready [Color] Low Toner‬ﺟﺎﻫﺰة‪ .‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺘﺨﺒﺮك ﺑﻀﺮورة اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻘﻮم ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “[Color] Toner Empty‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻓﺎرغ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫أو‬
‫‪Replace Tray1‬‬
‫‪) Pick-roller‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(1‬‬
‫أو‬
‫‪Replace Tray2‬‬
‫‪) Pick-roller‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(2‬‬
‫* ﺗﻢ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻘﺎس ‪ A4-/Letter‬ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس درﺟﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ‪ %5‬ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻷﻟﻮان ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‪ ،‬وﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﺮوف اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وأﻧﻤﺎط اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫** ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻧﻮع وﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫*** ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮاء أﺟﺰاء ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻮزع ‪ Samsung‬أو ﺑﺎﺋﻊ اﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ أﺣﺪ أﻓﺮاد اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (6.4‬وﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق )راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (6.5‬ووﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫)راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6.6‬‬
‫‪6.2‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺴﻜﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﻀﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﻀﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪6.3‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫أﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﻀﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻔﺎرﻏﺔ واﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻹﺧﺮاﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أرﺑﻌﺔ أﻟﻮان وﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻟﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷﻟﻮان‪:‬‬
‫‪) (Y) yellow‬اﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪) (M) magenta ،‬اﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ(‪) (C) cyan ،‬اﻷزرق(‪،‬‬
‫و‪) (K) black‬اﻷﺳﻮد(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ( ) ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻓﺈن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺗﻌﺮض‬
‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪) “[Color] Toner Empty” ،‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻓﺎرغ(‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “[Color] Toner Empty‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻓﺎرغ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫أﺧﺮج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أدوات ﺣﺎدة ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻜﻴﻦ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺒﻮة ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺗﻼف ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬وإذا‬
‫اﻗﺘﻀﻰ اﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ورق‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ أو اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،OPC‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ أو‬
‫ﺑﺄي أداة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬واﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﺧﺪش ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮك ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‪ ،‬وﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷي‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪6.4‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫أﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﻀﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺛﻢ رﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎو‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ اﻟﻼﺻﻖ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪر اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 35,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ وﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺿﺮورة اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫وإذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻓﺈن ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺮض‬
‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪) “Replace Transfer Belt” ،‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل ﺳﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ(‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬إذا اﻧﺴﻜﺐ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش اﻟﺠﺎف واﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎرد‪ .‬إذ أن اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺛﺒﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ أﻧﺴﺠﺔ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮن اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺛﻢ أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﻀﻲ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‪ .‬أدﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻐﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﺒﺎب ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ واﻟﻔﺘﺮات اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ وأﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ أو اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،OPC‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ أو‬
‫ﺑﺄي أداة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬واﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮك ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‪ ،‬وﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷي‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ زر اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل )ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق(‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫وأﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬
‫زر اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪6.5‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫أخرج سير نقل الحركة الجديد من عبوته‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫انزع الورقة التي تغطي سير نقل الورق بإزالة الشريط الالصق‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫أغلق باب الوصول بإحكام‪.‬‬
‫تنبيه‪:‬‬
‫• ال تستخدم أدوات حادة‪ ،‬كالسكين والمقص‪ ،‬لفتح عبوة سير نقل الورق‪ .‬ألن ذلك قد‬
‫يتسبب في إتالف سطح سير نقل الورق‪.‬‬
‫• احرص على عدم خدش سير نقل الورق‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫أمسك مقبض سير نقل الحركة الجديد ثم قم بمحاذاته مع الفتحات الموجودة على الجانب‬
‫الداخلي لباب الوصول‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫اضغط ألسفل حتى تسمع صوت الغلق‪ .‬ثم اخفض سير نقل الورق حتى يتوازى مع باب الوصول‬
‫ويثبت في مكانه جيدا‪ .‬ويقوم مفتاح التحرير تلقائيا بتثبيت سير نقل الورق في مكانه‪.‬‬
‫تنبيه‪ :‬لن تعمل الطابعة في حالة عدم غلق باب الوصول بإحكام‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫قم بتشغيل الطابعة‪.‬‬
‫مالحظة‪ :‬بعد استبدال سير نقل الورق‪ ،‬تقوم الطابعة تلقائيا بإعادة ضبط عداد الصور الخاص به‪.‬‬
‫استبدال وحدة المصاهر‬
‫يقدر العمر االفتراضي لوحدة المصاهر بحوالي ‪ 50,000‬صفحة ملونة وغير ملونة‪ .‬عندما ينتهي‬
‫العمر االفتراضي لوحدة المصهر‪ ،‬ستتوقف الطابعة عن الطباعة لحين ترآيب وحدة جديدة ‪.‬‬
‫على الكمبيوتر مشيرة إلى ضرورة ‪ Smart Panel‬تظهر نافذة برنامج استبدال وحدة المصهر‪.‬‬
‫وإذا كنت تستخدم الطابعة ‪ ،CLP-600N‬فإن شاشة العرض الموجودة على لوحة التحكم‬
‫تعرض رسالة الخطأ التالية‪( ”Replace Fuser“ ،‬استبدل وحدة المصاهر)‪ .‬وعندئذ يجب‬
‫استبدال وحدة المصاهر‪.‬‬
‫تنبيه‪ :‬قد يتأثر العمر االفتراضي لوحدة المصهر ببيئة التشغيل والفاصل‬
‫الزمني للطباعة ونوع ومقاس الوسائط‪.‬‬
‫‬
‫الستبدال وحدة المصاهر‪:‬‬
‫‪6.6‬‬
‫صيانة الطابعة‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أغلق الطابعة‪ ،‬وانتظر لبضع دقائق حتى تبرد‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫افتح باب الوصول بشكل كامل باستخدام المقبض‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ ،OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻚ ﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻃﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻘﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ ،OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪6.7‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﻀﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻀﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻂ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪6.8‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ،SyncThru Web Service‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ SyncThru Web Service‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪:SyncThru Web Service‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Internet Explorer‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪ (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Enter‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Go‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6.9‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺯﺭ ‪ • On Line/Continue‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “Ready‬ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.12‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.7‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.3‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫”ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.12‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.10‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ“‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ“ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.2‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.12‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ “Windows‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.14‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ “Macintosh‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.14‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ”ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ “Linux‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.14‬‬
‫‪7.1‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪Samsung CLP-600 Series‬‬
‫ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫• ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.3‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Best‬ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Draft‬ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺓ(‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪ A4‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪20‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ‪ Letter‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 21‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.2‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ SmartPanel‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻬﻴﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ( ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪.Windows 98SE/Me‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪﺀ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Settings‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺛﻢ ‪) Printers‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪Samsung CLP-600‬‬
‫‪ ، Series‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Details‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪) Spool Settings‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﻮﺵ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.2‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ‪ Windows‬ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.2‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ،Windows 98SE‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Adobe‬‬
‫‪.Illustrator‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Download as Bit Image‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪Advanced Options‬‬
‫)ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Normal‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ )ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Draft‬ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) Best‬ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ( ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﺩﺍﺋ ﹰﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺠﺬﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﺰﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺰﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﺘﺨﺒﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 100‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪Jam0 In Tray1‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪7.3‬‬
‫‪Jam0 In MP Tray‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪7.4‬‬
‫‪Jam‬‬
‫‪Inside Printer‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪7.5‬‬
‫‪Jam‬‬
‫‪In Exit Area‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪7.6‬‬
‫‪Jam0 In Tray2‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ 2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪7.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫”‪) “Jam0 In Tray1‬ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7.3‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “Jam0 In MP Tray‬ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7.4‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺑﻂﺀ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻤﺰﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ!‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “Jam Inside Printer‬ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪7.5‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ! ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﻓﻬﺮﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “Jam In Exit Area‬ﺗﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ!‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪7.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،2‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600N‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪“Jam0 In Tray2‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪.(2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ! ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ!‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.7‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.14‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.6‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ! ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ OPC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪OPC‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪7.8‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻂﺀ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻤﺰﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.13‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.10‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.9‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 14‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪ ،‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﺗﺴﺎخ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ أو ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮرق ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﺔ أو ﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﺑﻘﻊ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫‪ 15‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻮاﺻﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﻂ أﺑﻴﺾ ﻋﻤﻮدي أو ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻃﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ( ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .6.2‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬اﻟﻮرق رﻃﺐ أو‬
‫ﺧﺸﻦ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ(‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺟﺰء ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺪل ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻴﻮب اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻫﺘﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.7‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬اﻟﻮرق رﻃﺐ أو ﺧﺸﻦ أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ(‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻊ ﺷﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ داﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎول إﻋﺎدة ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• نﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮزﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎوي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﻊ رﻃﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ورق ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﺊ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ رﻓﺾ ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ورق ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”اﻟﻌﻴﻮب اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮرة“ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي وﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﻳﺔ‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺎدي أﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻻت ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺗﻜﺪس‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮرق‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان ”إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.3‬‬
‫• اﺗﺒﻊ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺪ ًءا ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .4.1‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻷدﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﻌﺪد أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮد اﻟﻮرق وﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺮوﺣﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ورق ﻣﺠﻌﺪ أو رﻃﺐ أو ﻣﻨﺜﻨﻲ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق ذات اﻟﺠﻮدة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺟﺰء ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻮرق وإﻟﻰ أﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
‫اﻷﻏﺮاض‪.‬‬
‫‪7.10‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﻄﻮط ﻋﻤﻮدﻳﺔ ﺳﻮداء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﺨﺪش‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ وﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫واﺣﺪة أﺧﺮى ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﻄﻮط ﻋﻤﻮدﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .6.7‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻮاﺣﺪة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺜﻨﺎء أو اﻟﺘﻤﻮج‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻮداء أو اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ إذا أﺻﺒﺢ اﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮل‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺆدي اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺂﺧﺮ أﺧﻒ وزﻧﺎ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻮرق ‪ 180°‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎول ً‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺆدي اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻤﺎ ًﻣﺎ )ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫أو ذات اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ %80‬رﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ( إﻟﻰ زﻳﺎدة ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ إﺣﺪى ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮاﺣﺪة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.7‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﺞ أو ﺗﺠﻌﺪ‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻮرق ‪ 180°‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎول ً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺴﺎخ ﻇﻬﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .6.7‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”اﺳﺘﺒﺪال‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺣﺮوف ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﺑﻌﺾ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﻫﺬه اﻟﻌﻴﻮب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻂ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻮزﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ رﻃﺒﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼزم‪ .‬ﺣﺎول اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام رزﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﺒﻮة اﻟﻮرق إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺿﺮورﻳًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﺘﺺ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ أو اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‬
‫ﺳﻮداء‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺛﺮ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺮف‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﻈﺮوف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮط اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﻈﺮوف ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻼت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ دﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ أو ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﺤﺮوف ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻇﻬﻮرﻫﺎ ﻛﺄﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺠﻮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻮرق أﻣﻠﺲ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﺎول اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ورق ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbC‬‬
‫‪AaBbCcc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ وﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻺﺻﻼح‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺟﻮدﺗﻪ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺮوف ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻇﻬﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻮج‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .2.7‬وﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﻜﺮة ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.7‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺴﺮب ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔًﺎ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺛﺮ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺟﻮدﺗﻪ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺟﻮدﺗﻪ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺟﻮدﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺆدي ﻛﻼً ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة واﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮج اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق واﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق“‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.5‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻴﻮب اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮرة‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻺﺻﻼح ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺟﻮدﺗﻪ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ”ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق أو اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻷﺧﺮى ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم رﺑﻂ أدﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق أو‬
‫ﺗﺮاﺧﻴﻬﺎ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﻮق رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮوف ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮاﻏﺎت ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮاﻏﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺮوف اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﺮوف واﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ أن‬
‫ﺗﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺳﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪7.11‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻮرﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ وﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.1‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط أﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪Engine Fuser‬‬
‫‪Over Heat Error‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺣﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ(‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وأﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻌﻄﻞ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻺﺻﻼح ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Engine LSU‬‬
‫‪Error‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺮك وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﺰر ﺧﻄﺄ(‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄـﺄ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﺰر ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وأﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻌﻄﻞ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﺜﻨﺎء اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ أو ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮرق‪:‬‬
‫‪Install‬‬
‫‪[Color] Toner‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[(‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Install‬‬
‫‪Transfer Belt‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪Invalid Toner‬‬
‫]‪[Color‬‬
‫) اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ(‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬أو ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Invalid‬‬
‫‪Transfer Belt‬‬
‫)ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ(‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ورق ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬واﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار‬
‫اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜﺪس ﻟﻠﻮرق ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ أو ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪس ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.3‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻮداء أو ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ أو ﺗﻠﻄﻴﺨﺎت ﺳﻮداء‪:‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫‪AaBbCc‬‬
‫اﻻﻧﺜﻨﺎء‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ ‪ 180°‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎول ً‬
‫اﻹﻟﻤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SmartPanel‬أو ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻣﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ( ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو اﻷﺧﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪث ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﺠﺪول‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎن اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺿﺮورﻳًﺎ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ وﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻷﺑﺠﺪي‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺟ ًﺪا أن ﺗﺨﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻲ‪...‬‬
‫‪Jam0 In Tray1‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪس ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻲ‪...‬‬
‫‪Jam0 In Tray2‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪس ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(2‬‬
‫‪Jam0 In MP Tray‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪس ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
‫اﻷﻏﺮاض(‬
‫‪Adjusting‬‬
‫‪Registration‬‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺟﺎر ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻠﻮن ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺟﺎء‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪.‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺘﺤﻮل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ ‪Ready‬‬
‫)ﺟﺎﻫﺰة(‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻓﺘﺮة ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪120‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.3.4‬‬
‫‪ADC Not‬‬
‫‪Confirm Error‬‬
‫)‪ ADC‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ(‬
‫وﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ADC‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Cover Open‬‬
‫‪Install‬‬
‫‪Transfer Belt‬‬
‫)اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻞ(‬
‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي أو ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ ،‬أو ﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي أو ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‪ ،‬أو ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪[Color] Toner‬‬
‫‪Empty‬‬
‫)اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ]اﻟﻠﻮن[ ﻓﺎرغ(‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﻤﺸﺎر وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪ ،‬وﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺣﺪة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6.4‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺧﺮى ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Tray2‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ]اﻟﻤﻘﺎس[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(2‬‬
‫‪Dev. Motor error‬‬
‫)ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮك‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وأﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Engine Fuser‬‬
‫‪Low Heat Error‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺮك اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺣﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ(‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وأﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮار اﻟﻌﻄﻞ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬
‫‪[Size] In MP‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ]اﻟﻤﻘﺎس[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻷﻏﺮاض(‬
‫‪Jam‬‬
‫‪In Exit Area‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪس ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺨﺮوج(‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜﺪس ﻟﻠﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮوج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪس ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.6‬‬
‫‪Jam‬‬
‫‪Inside Printer‬‬
‫)ﺗﻜﺪس داﺧﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜﺪس ﻟﻠﻮرق داﺧﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻮﺻﻮل وﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺪس‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.7.5‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Tray1‬‬
‫)ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ]اﻟﻤﻘﺎس[ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻘﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.12‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت‬
‫الرسالة‬
‫الحالة‬
‫الرسالة‬
‫قم باألتي‪...‬‬
‫‪Low Density‬‬
‫(الكثافة منخفضة)‬
‫كمية الحبر الموزعة على سير نقل‬
‫الورق لضبط التسجيل التلقائي‬
‫للون منخفضة ولذلك لم تتعرف‬
‫الطابعة على الحبر أثناء التسجيل‪.‬‬
‫استبدل خرطوشة (خرطوشات) الحبر بواحدة‬
‫جديدة‪ .‬راجع صفحة ‪ 6.4‬في حال استمرار‬
‫المشكلة‪ ،‬واتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫‪Left Fan Error‬‬
‫(خطأ بالمروحة اليسرى)‬
‫حدث خطأ أثناء عمل المروحة‬
‫اليسرى للطابعة‪.‬‬
‫افصل كبل الطاقة وأعد توصيله مرة أخرى‪ .‬في‬
‫حالة استمرار المشكلة‪ ،‬اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫‪Main Motor‬‬
‫‪Error‬‬
‫(خطأ في المحرك األساسي)‬
‫حدث خطأ أثناء عمل محرك‬
‫الطابعة‪.‬‬
‫افصل كبل الطاقة وأعد توصيله مرة أخرى‪ .‬في‬
‫حالة استمرار المشكلة‪ ،‬اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫‪Memory Overflow‬‬
‫(تجاوز سعة الذاكرة)‬
‫ال تحتوي الطابعة على ذاكرة كافية‬
‫لطباعة المهمة الحالية‪.‬‬
‫يتم مسح المهمة تلقائ ًيا وتعود الطابعة إلى وضع‬
‫االستعداد‪.‬‬
‫حدث خطأ في البرنامج الثابت‬
‫للطابعة‪.‬‬
‫قم بخفض مستوى الدقة ثم حاول الطباعة مرة‬
‫أخرى‪.‬‬
‫نفاد الورق بصينية الورق‪.‬‬
‫قم بتحميل الصينية بالورق‪ .‬راجع صفحة ‪.4.1‬‬
‫‪Paper Empty‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Tray1‬‬
‫(الورق غير موجود [المقاس]‬
‫في صينية ‪)1‬‬
‫‪Paper Empty‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Tray2‬‬
‫(الورق غير موجود [المقاس]‬
‫في صينية ‪)2‬‬
‫‪Paper Empty‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Mp‬‬
‫(الورق غير موجود [المقاس]‬
‫في الصينية متعددة األغراض)‬
‫‪Paper Empty‬‬
‫‪[Size] In Manual‬‬
‫(الورق غير موجود [المقاس]‬
‫في وضع التغذية اليدوية)‬
‫‪Photo LED Error‬‬
‫(خطأ بمؤشر بيان الصورة)‬
‫أثناء التسجيل التلقائي للون‪ ،‬فإن‬
‫الطابعة لم تقم بالتعرف مؤشر‬
‫بيان حالة الصورة في مجمع سير‬
‫نقل الورق‪.‬‬
‫اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫الطابعة في انتظار تلقي األمر‬
‫‪Press‬‬
‫من المستخدم قبل الطباعة‬
‫‪Continue Button‬‬
‫(اضغط على زر ‪ )Continue‬من الصينية متعددة األغراض‬
‫باستخدام وضع التغذية اليدوية‪.‬‬
‫قم بتحميل صفحة واحدة من مادة الطباعة‬
‫واضغط على زر ‪.On Line/Continue‬‬
‫وستحتاج للضغط على الزر لكل صفحة‪.‬‬
‫انخفاض مستوى الحبر في‬
‫]‪Ready [Color‬‬
‫خرطوشة الحبر الخاصة باللون‬
‫‪Low Toner‬‬
‫(جاهزة الحبر [اللون] منخفض) المشار إليه‪.‬‬
‫أعد توزيع الحبر في خرطوشة الحبر المماثلة‬
‫للون المشار إليه‪ ،‬مستعينا بالخطوات الواردة في‬
‫صفحة ‪.6.2‬‬
‫‪Ready‬‬
‫‪IP Conflict‬‬
‫(جاهزة تعارض‪)IP‬‬
‫‪Rear Fan Error‬‬
‫(خطأ بالمروحة الخلفية)‬
‫عنوان ‪ IP‬الخاص بالطابعة يتعارض اتصل بمسئول الشبكة واختر عنوان ًا داخل الشبكة‬
‫الفرعية وبالتالي لن يحدث تعارض بأي من األجهزة‬
‫مع األجهزة األخرى بالشبكة‪.‬‬
‫األخرى‪.‬‬
‫حدث خطأ أثناء عمل المروحة‬
‫الخلفية للطابعة‪.‬‬
‫افصل كبل الطاقة وأعد توصيله مرة أخرى‪ .‬في‬
‫حالة استمرار المشكلة‪ ،‬اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫الحالة‬
‫]‪Replace [Color‬‬
‫‪Toner‬‬
‫(استبدال الحبر [اللون])‬
‫خرطوشة الحبر الخاصة باللون‬
‫المشار إليه على وشك النفاد‪ .‬ومع‬
‫ذلك‪ ،‬تستمر الطابعة في الطباعة‬
‫حتى لو لم تكن جودة الطباعة‬
‫بالمستوى األمثل‪ .‬عند ظهور رسالة‬
‫“‪”[Color] Toner Empty‬‬
‫(الحبر [اللون] فارغ) على‬
‫الشاشة‪ ،‬ستتوقف الطابعة عن‬
‫الطباعة‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace Fuser‬‬
‫(استبدل وحدة المصاهر)‬
‫انتهى العمر االفتراضي لوحدة‬
‫المصهر وستتوقف الطابعة عن‬
‫الطباعة لحين ترآيب وحدة جديدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ Replace Fuser Soon‬سينتهي العمر االفتراضي لوحدة‬
‫المصاهر قريبا‪.‬‬
‫(استبدل المصاهر في أقرب‬
‫وقت)‬
‫قم باألتي‪...‬‬
‫استبدل خرطوشة الحبر الخاصة باللون المشار‬
‫إليه بواحدة جديدة إذا كان ذلك ضروريًا‪ .‬راجع‬
‫صفحة ‪.6.4‬‬
‫استبدل وحدة المصاهر بواحدة جديدة‪ .‬راجع‬
‫صفحة ‪.6.6‬‬
‫عند ظهور رسالة “‪”Replace Fuser‬‬
‫(استبدل المصاهر) على الشاشة‪ ،‬سوف‬
‫تتوقف الطابعة عن الطباعة‪.‬‬
‫استبدل وحدة المصهر‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace MP‬‬
‫‪Pick-roller‬‬
‫(استبدل بكرة السحب‬
‫بالصينية متعددة األغراض)‬
‫انتهى العمر االفتراضي لبكرة‬
‫السحب الخاصة بالصينية متعددة‬
‫األغراض‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace‬‬
‫‪Transfer Belt‬‬
‫(استبدل سير نقل الورق)‬
‫انتهى العمر االفتراضي لسير نقل‬
‫الورق وسوف تتوقف الطابعة عن‬
‫الطباعة إلى أن يتم استبدال سير‬
‫نقل الورق الموجود بها بآخر جديد‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace Transfer‬‬
‫‪Belt Soon‬‬
‫(استبدل سير نقل الورق في‬
‫أقرب وقت)‬
‫سينتهي العمر االفتراضي لسير‬
‫نقل الورق قري ًبا‪.‬‬
‫عند ظهور رسالة “‪Replace Transfer‬‬
‫‪( ”Belt‬استبدل سير نقل الورق) على الشاشة‪،‬‬
‫سوف تتوقف الطابعة عن الطباعة‪ .‬استبدل سير‬
‫نقل الورق‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace Tray1‬‬
‫‪Pick-roller‬‬
‫(استبدل بكرة السحب‬
‫بالصينية ‪)1‬‬
‫انتهى العمر االفتراضي لبكرة‬
‫السحب بالصينية ‪.1‬‬
‫اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫‪Replace Tray2‬‬
‫‪Pick-roller‬‬
‫(استبدل بكرة السحب‬
‫بالصينية ‪)2‬‬
‫انتهى العمر االفتراضي لبكرة‬
‫السحب بالصينية ‪.2‬‬
‫‪SMPS Fan Error‬‬
‫(خطأ بمروحة ‪)SMPS‬‬
‫حدث خطأ أثناء عمل مروحة‬
‫‪ SMPS‬الخاصة بالطابعة‪.‬‬
‫‪Tray2 Error‬‬
‫(خطأ في الصينية ‪)2‬‬
‫الصينية االختيارية ‪ 2‬غير مركبة أو بعد غلق الطابعة وإعادة تشغيلها مرة أخرى‪ ،‬أعد‬
‫موصلة على نحو صحيح بالطابعة‪ .‬إدخال الصينية االختيارية ‪ .2‬في حالة استمرار‬
‫ظهور الرسالة‪ ،‬اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫‪Tray2 Jam Cover‬‬
‫‪Open‬‬
‫(غطاء الورق المتكدس الخاص‬
‫بالصينية ‪ 2‬مفتوح)‬
‫‪7.13‬‬
‫حل المشكالت‬
‫غطاء الورق المتكدس بالصينية‬
‫االختيارية ‪ 2‬مفتوح‪.‬‬
‫اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫استبدل السير بآخر جديد‪ .‬راجع صفحة ‪.6.5‬‬
‫اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫افصل كبل الطاقة وأعد توصيله مرة أخرى‪ .‬في‬
‫حالة استمرار المشكلة‪ ،‬اتصل بالدعم الفني‪.‬‬
‫أغلق غطاء الصينية ‪ 2‬بإحكام‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪“File in Use‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ .Windows‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫”‪“Error Writing to LPTx‬‬
‫)ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(LPTx‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫”‪“General Protection Fault‬‬
‫)ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪“Exception OE‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪“Spool32‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ‪ (32‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪“Illegal Operation‬‬
‫)ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻲ ”‪“Fail To Print‬‬
‫)ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪“A printer timeout error‬‬
‫”‪occurred‬‬
‫)ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪.KDE/Gnome‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺌﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ‪ KDE‬ﺃﻭ ‪GNOME‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫‪“Some options are not‬‬
‫”‪) selected‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ”‪) “No Choice‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪ LPRng‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ RedHat‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ”‪ “printconf‬ﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ،printconf‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪/etc./printcap‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫)ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻣﺮ ”‪ (“printtool‬ﻭﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ /etc./printcap.local‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ LPRng‬ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ،/etc./printcap‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ‪ Linux‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪.printtool‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﻈﻢ ‪Microsoft Windows 98SE/Me/‬‬
‫‪ NT 4.0/2000/2003/XP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ LPD‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ”‪ .“lp‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ /etc./printcap‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ N-up‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ N-up‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ PostScript‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ PostScript‬ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .Adobe‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ N-up‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪BSD lpr‬‬
‫)ﺣﺰﻡ ‪ Slackware‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ Debian‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ LLPR‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ BSD lpr‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺭﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻣﻘﺼﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Unix‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﻮﺩ ‪ PostScript‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪ LLPR‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Print Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪) Print as Image‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺼﻮﺭﺓ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Mac OS 10.3.2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Mac OS‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ OS 10.3.3‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ‪ GTK‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ KDE‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭ ‪ Linux LLPR‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻼﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ PostScript‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ )‪ ،(EPS‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1.1.10) CUPS‬ﻭﺃﻗﺪﻡ( ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.CUPS‬‬
‫‪ ،LLPR‬ﺳﺘﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ PostScript‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ‪ LLPR‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ EPS‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،CUPS‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.14‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ SMB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪) SMB‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ .(Windows‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ ،(Windows‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ‪ SAMBA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ”‪“smbclient‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪(smb‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﺪﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.LLPR‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Unix‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ”‪ “lpr‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ‪ LLPR‬ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺠﻤﺪ )ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﹰﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ‪.LLPR‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺨﺎﺩﻡ ‪SMB‬؟‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ”‪) “Add Printer‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ .CUPS‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ CUPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ‪ ،SMB‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻊ ‪ SAMBA‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ CUPS‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Mandrake‬‬
‫‪ Linux‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 8.1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ‪ PostScript‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ 1.1.14) CUPS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺰﻡ ‪RPM‬‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﻡ ﺷﻴﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺰﻡ ‪ Linux‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻱ ‪ CUPS‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ (N-up‬ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪.LLPR‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪~/.lpoptions‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ‪ .lpoptions‬ﺩﺍﺋ ﹰﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .LLPR‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻹﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺪﻻ ”‪“printer‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪lpoptions -x printer :‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫”‪“Permission denied‬‬
‫)ﺗﻢ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ )ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ”‪ .(“lp‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ )‪spooler‬‬
‫‪.(daemon‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺪﻻ ﹰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪) PCL‬ﺃﻭ ‪.(GDI‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Unix‬ﺧﺮﺝ ‪ PostScript‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ Ghostscript‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ .PostScript‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪) Ghostscript‬ﺳﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪ gv‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ghostview‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ( ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺒﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻹﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪) Ghostscript‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪GNU‬‬
‫‪ (Ghostscript 7.05‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﺮﺳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ .CIE‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ‬
‫‪ Postscript‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ CIE‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Ghostscript‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ GNU Ghostscript 7.06‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Ghostscript‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ www.ghostscript.com‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.15‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )‪(IPX/SPX‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪TCP/IP‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪IPX‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،CLP-600‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠ ﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪) 10/100 Base TX‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪802.11a/b/g‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫• ‪ Novell NetWare 4.x‬ﻭ‪ 5.x‬ﻭ‪6.x‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫”ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ“‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ Windows 98SE/Me/XP/NT 4.0/2000/2003‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/2000/2003/XP‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠ ﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Linux‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫• ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh OS 10.3-10.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.2.7‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮﺳﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪NetWare IPX/SPX‬‬
‫• ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻭ‪ DLC/LLC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ DHCP‬ﻭ‪BOOTP‬‬
‫‪Internet Packet eXchange/Sequenced Packet eXchange :IPX/SPX‬‬
‫‪Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol :TCP/IP‬‬
‫‪Data Link Control/Logical Link Control :DLC/LLC‬‬
‫‪Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol :DHCP‬‬
‫‪Bootstrap Protocol :BOOTP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﻠ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ CLP-600‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻷﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Print Net CFG‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8.1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪،‬‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ”‪) “Config TCP‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪(TCP‬ﻭ ”‪.“Netware‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪) “Config TCP‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،(TCP‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ”‪) “No‬ﻻ(‬
‫)ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ( ﺃﻭ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( )ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Static‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “IP Address‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“Netware‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ”‪) “Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪) “On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( )ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫( ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﲔ‬
‫‪ 0‬ﻭ‪ 255‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪TCP/IP‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ .TCP/IP‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Static Addressing‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻭ‪ ،255‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 12‬ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 14‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ”‪) “Subnet Mask‬ﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ”‪“Gateway‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪) Enter‬‬
‫• ‪) Dynamic Addressing BOOTP/DHCP‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) (BOOTP/DHCP‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 15‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ 12‬ﻭ‪ 13‬ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ 16‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪8.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪(BOOTP/DHCP‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫(‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “Netware‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪“Config Netware‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (Netware‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ (IP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config TCP‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (TCP‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “IP Get Method‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “DHCP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪ ،BOOTP‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫”‪ “BOOTP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪) IPX/SPX‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪،(Novell NetWare‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ”‪) “Auto‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫• ‪ :EN_8023‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪ IPX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪.IEEE 802.3‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_II‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪ IPX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ .Ethernet‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_SNAP‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪ IPX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ SNAP‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ .IEEE 802.3‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪IPX‬‬
‫• ‪ :EN_8022‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪ IPX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ IEEE 802.2‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ IEEE 802.3‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “IPX Frame Type‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪(IPX‬‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) On Line/Continue‬‬
‫• ‪) Auto‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( )ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺼﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )ﺃﻭ ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Default Set‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ IPX/SPX‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Netware‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.8.2‬‬
‫‪8.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫(‬
‫( ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫( ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ”‪ “Netware‬ﺃﻭ ”‪“Config WLAN‬‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Operation Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪) “Ad-Hoc‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ( ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Reset Network‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪) Enter‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋ ﹴﺬ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ”‪) “Infra‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪) “Infra‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Frequency Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ(‪ “802.11a” :‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “802.11b/g‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪.“802.11a/b/g‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :802.11a‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬‫‪ 5) IEEE802.11a‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :802.11b/g‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 2.4) IEEE802.11g‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.IEEE802.11b‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :802.11a/b/g‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬‫‪ IEEE802.11a‬ﻭ ‪ 5) IEEE802.11b/g‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻭ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SetIP‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ .Windows‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪.“802.11a/b/g‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Config WLAN‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫(‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :SSID‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪) “Search List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠ ﹰﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫”‪) “Operation Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺃﻭ ”‪) “Frequency Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ”‪) “Channel‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪) “Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 32‬ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ”‪“SSID‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭﻱ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫• ‪) Channel‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ(‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪“Ad-Hoc‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Security Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ(‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Samsung‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ )ﻭﻫﻲ ”‪) “None‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ( ﻭ”‪“Static WEP‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺴﻦ(( ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ( ﻭ”‪“Enhanced‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ”‪) “None‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ WEP) Static WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ‪Wired Equivalent) WEP‬‬
‫‪ (Privacy‬ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ IEEE802.11‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺔ ‪ WEP‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP‬ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WPA‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪) IEEE802.1X EAP‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ WEP‬ﻭ‪ TKIP‬ﻭ‪AES‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺴﻦ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ”‪“Enhanced‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪SyncThru Web) SWS‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﺴﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ .(Service‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ”‪“Enhanced‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪) “None‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) IEEE802.11 Authentication‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:(IEEE802.11‬‬
‫”‪) “Open System‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺃﻭ ”‪) “Shared Key‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ“‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪) “Open System‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) WEP Encryption‬ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪ :(WEP‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺗﻴﻦ؛ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫”‪-64) “64-bit WEP‬ﺑﺖ( ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ”‪-128) “128-bit WEP‬ﺑﺖ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ“‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ .(1‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪) “64-bit WEP‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ WEP 64‬ﺑﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫• ‪) Using Key‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ“‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪) “Key 1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻢ‪.(1‬‬
‫• ‪) Key Type‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ(‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ“‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ”‪“Hexadecimal‬‬
‫)ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Key1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) Key2 ،(1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) Key3 ،(2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪Key4 ،(3‬‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ :(4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑـ ”‪) “Encryption‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ WEP) “Static WEP‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ(‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ ‪ .0‬ﻋﻠ ﹰﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫‪64-bit WEP‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺃﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫‪128-bit WEP‬‬
‫‪ 26‬ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.8.4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Network‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Menu‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ”‪) “Config Network‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“Config WLAN‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫)ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Yes‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Upper Level‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“WLAN Default‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ )‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Enter‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Enter‬‬
‫(‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫( ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ”ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.8.4‬‬
‫‪8.5‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﻤﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﺗﺎﺣﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻲ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ؛‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪9.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ 28.5‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (1.2‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺂﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪ Base TX + 802.11a/b/g 10/100‬ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪CLP-N600B :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪﺀ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ ‪ ،Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/2000‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Settings‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺛﻢ ‪) Printers‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ،Windows XP/2003‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Printers and Faxes‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪.Samsung CLP-600 Series‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Printer‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Tray 2‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Optional Tray‬ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪9.2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9.3‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪9.4‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻲ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(8.4‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ****‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫**‬
‫***‬
‫****‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪A4‬‬
‫)‪ 21‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪.(Letter‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 600 × 2,400‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 45‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ”ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ“(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 110‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 127‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ 9 ،‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 220‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ 4.5 ،‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ )ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ(‪ 50/60 ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ 450‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 35‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ**‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‪ 50‬ﺩﻳﺴﺒﻞ )ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 50,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ***‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ 35,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ 28.5‬ﻛﺠﻢ )ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ( )‪ 64‬ﺭﻃﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫)ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺒﺐ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ ‪ 35,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ***‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ 3.5 :‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪ 900 :‬ﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ‪ x‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫‪) 465‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ( ‪) 465 x‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ( ‪) 445 x‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 17.5 x 18.3 x 18.3‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 32.5‬ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 50‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 90‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %80‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪(Samsung Printer Language Color) SPL-C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 32‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.ISO7779 ،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ‪ www.samsungprinter.com‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‪ 32‬ﺩﻳﺴﺒﻞ )ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺷﻴﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 4,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺋﺔ(‬
‫‪ A4/Letter‬ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ )‪ 2,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪USB 2.0 :CLP-600‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪10/100‬‬
‫‪ Base TX + 802.11a/b/g‬ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ*‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows 98SE/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP/2003‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Linux OS‬ﻭ‪Mac 10.3-10.4‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ Windows NT 4.0‬ﻣﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ CLP-600N‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB 2.0 :CLP-600N‬ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ‪Base TX 10/100‬‬
‫‪10.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫‪Letter‬‬
‫‪A4‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ*‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ**‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 75‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 90‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫‪ 279 x 216‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 24‬ﺭﻃﻞ(‬
‫)‪ 11 x 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫‪ 297 x 210‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 11.7 x 8.27‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫• ‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫‪75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫• ‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫‪75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ*‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 75‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 163‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ )ﻣﺨﺼﺺ( ‪ 140 x 90‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5 x 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 43‬ﺭﻃﻞ(‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ )ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‬
‫‪ 356 x 216‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 14 x 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ***‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫*‬
‫**‬
‫***‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ**‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ 75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ‪ 0.14 x 0.10 :‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 0.0055 x 0.0039‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 75‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 105‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪2‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 27‬ﺭﻃﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ ،Sheffield 250‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.%5‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻊ ﺷﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻼﻝ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﺧﻒ ﻭﺯﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺛﻘﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻄﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﻣﻤﺰﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺼﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ 180°‬ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ 356°‬ﻓﻬﺮﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 0.1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﻭﺳﻤﻜﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪ 100 :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(Sheffield) 250‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺪﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 140‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ”ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.3‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ‪75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 20) 2‬ﺭﻃﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺰﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺜﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻡ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 5.5‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 8.0‬ﺃﺱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 0.094‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 0.18‬ﻣﻠﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 3.0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(7.0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 0.02‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺑﺸﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ 0.1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ %4‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %6‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪Sheffield 250‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫‪10.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻦ ‪ 90‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 24) 2‬ﺭﻃﻞ( ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 75‬ﺝ‪/‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺝ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 0.25‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﺠﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺰﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ; ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺘﺼﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺆﺩﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ‪ 140 x 90‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5 x 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪ 356 x 216‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 14 x 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ 140‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 5.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ”ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻇﺮﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻌﻴﺪ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻣﻬﻴﺄﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 24‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 68‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 75‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ %45‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .%55‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫‪10.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻻﺻﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﺼﻖ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ‪ #10‬ﺃﻭ ‪.DL‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 0.6‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪ 51‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 2‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ 51‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 2‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪ 90‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫)‪ 0.6‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.4.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺰﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ 180°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 356°‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻜﺪﺳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻠﻢ )‪ 5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ“ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.4.4‬‬
‫‪10.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪Linux‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪2.8‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ‪7.14‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪2.8‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ‪7.14‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪ ،USB‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪2.6‬‬
‫ﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ ‪6.4‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪6.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ‪4.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪4.2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪4.1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ‪4.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ‪6.7‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‪6.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪2.6 USB ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪4.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪6.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪9.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ‪8.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪8.1‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪2.7‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻈﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪4.4‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ‪1.2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪4.5‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪10.1 ،1.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪10.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪4.1‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪4.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪4.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ‪4.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪10.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪2.4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﲢﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ‪4.3‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪4.2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ‪4.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪4.5‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪2.8‬‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ‪7.3‬‬
‫ﺥ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ‪6.4‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪6.2‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪6.2‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪9.2‬‬
‫ﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪6.1‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪2.7‬‬
‫ﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪3.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪3.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪3.2‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪3.1‬‬
‫ﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪7.14 Linux‬‬
‫‪7.14 Macintosh‬‬
‫‪7.14 Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪7.3‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪7.10‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ‪7.12‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪7.2‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪7.1‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻞ ‪7.10‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻞ ‪7.10‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪2.5‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪4.4‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪4.5‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪4.3‬‬
‫ﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ‪7.12‬‬
‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ‪6.5‬‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪Samsung‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ
‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻷ‪ :#$‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪WINDOWS‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٤ ...............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪٤ ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪٧ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪١٠ ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪١٠ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪
%$‬ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪١١ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪١٢ .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪١٣ ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪١٣ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻮ‪١٤ .......................................................................................................................34‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪١٥ .................................................................................................................. ,‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪%‬ﻳﺎ‪١٦ ......................................................................................................................,
#‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺣﻮ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪١٦ .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪١٦ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪١٧ ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪١٧ ........................................................................................................................... ,‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ" ‪١٨ ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎ‪١٩ ....................................................................................................................................,‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ‪١٩ ................................................................................................................................... ,‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪٢٠ .......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ =F E‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪٢١ ............................................................................................................. E‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ =‪ 34‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪٢١ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪٢٢ ..........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪٢٢ .............................................................................................................. "#‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪٢٢ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪٢٣ .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ‪ M‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪٢٣ ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺮ
ﻛﺒﺔ‪٢٣ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ؟ ‪٢٣ .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪٢٣ ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪٢٤ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ‪ M‬ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪٢٥ ........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺮﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺎ‪/‬ﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴًﺎ‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ #‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ ‪٢٦ ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ #‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪٢٦ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﺎ‪:34‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪SMART PANEL‬‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪٢٧ ......................................................................................................... Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ‪
M‬ﻷﺧﻄﺎء =‪$‬ﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪٢٨ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻷ‪
"
#‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ" ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٢٨ ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪٢٨ .............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪٢٨ ........................................................................................................Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪LINUX‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; ‪٢٩ ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٣٠ .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪٣١ ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪٣٢ .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪
"
#F‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪٣٢ ..............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪٣٣ ......................................................................................................................... LLPR‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪MACINTOSH‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٣٤ ........................................................................................... Macintosh‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٣٥ .....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪
Macintosh‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪٣٥ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪
Macintosh‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻋﺎ; ‪٣٥ ................................................................................ USB‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٣٦ ...........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪٣٦ ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪٣٦ ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‪٣٧ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻼ‪%‬ﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪
…F‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ =‪F‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ>ﺟﻲ‬
‫• ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮŠ ‪ …F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ =ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪ 74‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪" 3‬ﺑﺪ" ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ ‪ ،X:\Setup.exe‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫
ﻟﺤﺮ‪
M‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪ b‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﺮ‪ "X" M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪98‬ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪
=F‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ‪$‬ﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ً‬
‫=ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫‪$‬ﺟﺮ
ء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ
ﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ً‬
‫=ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ‪$‬ﻏﻼ‪ 3‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ً" ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ }$ .USB‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻄﻰ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﺨﻄﻮ" =
ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٧‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ}ﺟﻲ ‪ =F‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ ،"4‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) View User’s Guide‬ﻋﺮ‪4 Q‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ‪ :(1‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪$ 4‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ً Adobe Acrobat‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪= 4‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮ; ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ 4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" "ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﻌﺜﻮ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﺟﻬﺰ" ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"" ‪F‬ﺛﻨﺎء ‪$‬ﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺰ
=ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺮƒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﻹﻏﻼ‪
3‬ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪
=F ،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪$ 3‬ﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫
ﻟﺰ‪4‬‬
‫
ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪) Typical installation for a local printer #‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮ>ﺟﻲ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪ Samsung ,‬ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ،Samsung‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪
.‬ﻵ… ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Samsung‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻵ…‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ‪) No‬ﻻ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ =ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪F ،‬ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪$‬ﺗﻤﺎ; ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ }$ ،#‬ﻛﺎ… ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٠‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‪ #‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ ،4‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪
= 4‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮ… ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ ،4‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ‪$‬ﻻ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﺛﻢ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ" ‪.٧‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪
…F‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ =‪F‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ }$ ٦‬ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﺑﺼﻮ‪ "4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮŠ ‪ …F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ =ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) No 3‬ﻻ( ﻹﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪.4‬‬
‫=‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﺑﺪ ﺛﻢ "ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ"‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ ‪ ،X:\Setup.exe‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫
ﻟﺤﺮ‪
M‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪ b‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﺮ‪ "X" M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ ،"4‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) View User’s Guide‬ﻋﺮ‪4 Q‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ‪ :(1‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪$ 4‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ً Adobe Acrobat‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪= 4‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮ; ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪) Custom installation 4‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻵ…‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ‪) No‬ﻻ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ =ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‪ #‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ ،4‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪
،4‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﺛﻢ ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﻄﻮ" ‪.٩‬‬
‫‪ }$ ٨‬ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﺑﺼﻮ‪ "4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) No 3‬ﻻ( ﻹﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪.4‬‬
‫=‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪" 3‬ﺑﺪ" ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ ‪ ،X:\Setup.exe‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫
ﻟﺤﺮ‪
M‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪ b‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﺮ‪ "X" M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪ Samsung ,‬ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ،Samsung‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪
.‬ﻵ… ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Samsung‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ ،"4‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) View User’s Guide‬ﻋﺮ‪4 Q‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ‪ :(1‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪$ 4‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ً Adobe Acrobat‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪= 4‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮ; ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ #‬ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ً‬
‫‪=F‬ﻻ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
TCP/IP ,
#‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
= TCP/IP ,
#‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪F‬ﺟﻬﺰ" ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪) Typical installation for a network printer 4‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮ>ﺟﻲ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ}ﺟﻲ ‪ =F‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ>ﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻼ‪%‬ﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪
…F‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ =‪F‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮŠ ‪ …F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ =ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ =ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪ IP‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪.#‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪
…F‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ =‪F‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮŠ ‪ …F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ =ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﺑﺪ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ ‪ ،X:\Setup.exe‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪…F‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺤﺮ‪
M‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪ b‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﺮ‪ "X" M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﻇﻬﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Update 3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ =F ،‬ﺣﺪ‪8) Add TCP/IP Port #‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ (TCP/IP‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪= .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪#F ،‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ =ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪
IP‬ﻟﺨﺎ‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎ‪ ،(UNC 4‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫]‪) Shared Printer [UNC‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ]‪ ([UNC‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮ‡ ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪
=F‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Browse 4‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪.(Q‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪
= 4‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪ Samsung ,‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪ }$ .Samsung‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ )ﺧﺎﻧﺎ‪
(,‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ =
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ ،"4‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) View User’s Guide‬ﻋﺮ‪4 Q‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ‪ :(1‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪$ 4‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ً Adobe Acrobat‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪= 4‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮ; ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Acrobat Reader‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪) Custom installation #‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪F ،‬ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪$‬ﺗﻤﺎ; ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ }$ ،#‬ﻛﺎ… ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ =ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻜﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Next‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﻇﻬﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Update 3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ =F ،‬ﺣﺪ‪8) Add TCP/IP Port #‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ (TCP/IP‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪= .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪#F ،‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ =ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪
IP‬ﻟﺨﺎ‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎ‪ ،(UNC 4‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫]‪) Shared Printer [UNC‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ]‪ ([UNC‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮ‡ ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪
=F‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Browse 4‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪.(Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻘﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪Setting up this printer on a 4‬‬
‫‪8) server‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻫﺬ‰ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻘﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪
= 4‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪ Samsung ,‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪ }$ .Samsung‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ )ﺧﺎﻧﺎ‪
(,‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ =
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ ,#4F }$ :‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪ IP‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﺪ‪ "#‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪4‬‬
‫‪) Set IP Address‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ‡ ‪ .(IP‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Set IP Address‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪.(IP‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮ
ء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪F ،‬ﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪$‬ﺗﻤﺎ; ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ }$ ،#‬ﻛﺎ… ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪ - F‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮ
… ‪ IP‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫’ ‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪= IP‬ﻗﻨﺎ„ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ =
ﻟﻌﺒّﺎ‪ "4‬ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Configure‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ( ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪ IP‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫œ ‪
-‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻌﺮŠ‪.‬‬
‫‪
١‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ "ﺑﺪ" ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Window‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺣﺪ‪" #‬ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ" ‪" =F‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ"‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪) Language Selection #‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Language selection‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪ 74‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﺮ"‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ‪) No‬ﻻ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫
ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ =ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‪+ #‬ﻋﺎ‪ #‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺪ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ ‪ =F‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ ← ﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ←‬
‫‪) Maintenance‬ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪8) Repair 4‬ﺻﻼ( ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ ,#‬ﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮ
ء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - F‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ ،4‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫’ ‪ }$ -‬ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﺑﺼﻮ‪ "4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ 4‬ﺑﺼﻮ‪ "4‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) No 3‬ﻻ( ﻹﻋﺎ‪"#‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪
"#‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﻇﻬﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Update 3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ =F ،‬ﺣﺪ‪8) Add TCP/IP Port #‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ (TCP/IP‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪= .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪#F ،‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ =ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪
IP‬ﻟﺨﺎ‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎ‪ ،(UNC 4‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫]‪) Shared Printer [UNC‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ]‪ ([UNC‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮ‡ ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‬
‫‪
=F‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Browse 4‬ﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪.(Q‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ {F‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪98‬ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺪ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ ‪ =F‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ ← ﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ←‬
‫‪) Maintenance‬ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪98) Remove #‬ﻟﺔ( ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪
%$‬ﻟﺔ ‪ {F‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ‪
%$‬ﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Next 3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ‪
%$‬ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪= #‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪
%$‬ﻟﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Finish 3‬ﻧﻬﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪
١‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺣﺪ‪) Print #‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮŠ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺪ=‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ً‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ =}ﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮž ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ =ﻣﻬﺎ; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪,
#‬‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ =ﻧﻄﺎ‪
3‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫• ‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻮ‪•/‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ
‬‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9‬ﻳﺎ‪
4‬‬‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺣﻮ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬‫ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪8 1‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬‫‪ -‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ
‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪ 4‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Name‬ﻻﺳﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎ‪ "#‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪Properties 3‬‬
‫)ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ( ‪) Preferences $‬ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ
( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪) Print 7‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪
،‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =
ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻫﺬ
‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻄﺮ
‪
%‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺠﺎ‪
{4‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ‪$ .‬ﻻ ‪ …F‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ"‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮ‪8) Setup 4‬ﻋﺪ‪) Printer =F (4‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ‪) Options =F‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ (
/‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‬
‫‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ {F 3‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ً ,
4‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ }ﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪Properties 3‬‬
‫)ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎ )‪6‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ( ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳌﺘﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺮﺟﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟﺮﺟﻮ‪+ 0‬ﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ "ﺗﻮﻓﻖ‬
‫‪6‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ﻣﻦ "ﻣﻮﺻﻔﺎ< ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﳋﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﻹﻏﻼ‪ 3‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ‪ =F‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮž ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ
‪
,‬ﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ‪= .Windows ,‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ
‪
,‬ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪
.‬ﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ﺧﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻇﻬﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ }$ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪) Layout Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪Multiple Pages‬‬
‫‪) per Side‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪ 74‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ( =‪) Poster‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ(‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎœ ‪$‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ 4‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻼ‪%‬ﻣﺔ‬
‫=ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻹﺗﻤﺎ; ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺮŠ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﺮ
ﻣﺞ ﻫﺬ
‬
‫‪$‬ﻃﺎ‪) Properties 4‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ( ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows XP‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ( ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻫﺬ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪
) Printers‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،(,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪$‬ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ" ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪
4) Windows‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﺨﺎ‪b‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪= ،(Windows‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮŠ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪
) Printer‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( )‪
4‬ﺟﻊ "ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(١٦‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎ
‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺠﺎ=‪ %‬ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ‪
Windows ,‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ" ﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ً‬
‫‪=F‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪F‬ﻳﺔ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻈﻞ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪F‬ﺛﻨﺎء ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪$ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﻚ ‪4‬ﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ …F‬ﻳﺘﻢ ‪$‬ﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪
) Printers‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪.(,‬‬
‫• ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .Windows XP‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫
ﻷﺧﺮƒ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ‪
=F Windows‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫‪
.١‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪ 4‬ﺑﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
‪$‬ﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺪ‪/ #‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪
.٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﺎ=‪
¢‬ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ‪4 3‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Printing Preferences‬ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‪
= ،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Orientation ١‬ﻻﺗﺠﺎ‰(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪) Orientation‬ﻻﺗﺠﺎ‰( ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎ‪ E‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Portrait‬ﻋﻤﻮ‪ (œ4‬ﻳﻘﻮ; ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺮŠ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻤﻂ ‪.Letter‬‬
‫• ‪) Landscape‬ﻓﻘﻲ( ﻳﻘﻮ; ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﻮ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻤﻂ ﺟﺪ= ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪.,‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮ‪{#‬‬
‫• ‪) Rotate 180 Degrees‬ﺗﺪ‪$‬ﻳﺮ ‪/4 ١٨٠‬ﺟﺔ( ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﺗﺪ=ﻳﺮ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺰ
=ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪ
‪4‬ﻫﺎ ‪4# ١٨٠‬ﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Layout Options ٢‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪) Layout Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫
ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪) Multiple Pages per Side‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪ 74‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ( ‪$‬‬
‫‪) Poster‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٨‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎ‪ ",‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٩‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ‪ ",‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٩‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Source ٣‬ﻟﻤﺼﺪ‪(/‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪) Source‬ﻟﻤﺼﺪ‪ (/‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ; ‪) Manual Feed‬ﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺪ‪$‬ﻳﺔ(ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻮ
‪
#‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎ‪,‬‬
‫=
ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺸﻔﺎ‪ .M‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ" ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ" ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺪ={ ‪
=F‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪"#‬‬
‫
ﻷﻏﺮ
Š‪.‬‬
‫=‪ }$‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪ 34‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Auto Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎ‰ ﻣﻮ
‪#‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪) Manual Tray :‬ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺪ={( ‪=F‬‬
‫‪
) Multi-Purpose Tray‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪
"#‬ﻷﻏﺮ
Š(‪
) Tray1 ،‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪،(١‬‬
‫‪
) Optional Tray2‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪4‬ﻳﺔ ‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻮ‪•/‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ
ﺻﻔﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ (•/‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪) Type ٤‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪(£‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪ (£‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ M‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ }ﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮ‪ ."#‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﻮ„‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ‪
"#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Cotton‬ﻗﻄﻦ(‪ 34= :‬ﻣﺼﻨﻮ„ ﻣﻦ ‪F‬ﻟﻴﺎ‪ M‬ﻗﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰ… ﻣﻦ ‪$ ٧٥‬ﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺟﻢ‪ ٢;/‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪Gilbert‬‬
‫‪.Gilbert 100%= 25%‬‬
‫‪ •/$) Plain Paper‬ﻋﺎ‪
:(œ4‬ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﻌﺎ‪
{#‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻨﻮ„ ‪ }$‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ‪F‬ﺣﺎ‪#‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮ… =ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =‪ 34‬ﻣﺼﻨﻮ„ ﻣﻦ ‪F‬ﻟﻴﺎ‪ M‬ﻗﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰ… ‪ ٦٠‬ﺟﻢ‪.٢;/‬‬
‫‪ •/$) Recycled‬ﻣﻌﺎ‪ 4‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ(‪ 34= :‬ﻣﻌﺎ‪ #‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰ… ﻣﻦ ‪$ ٧٥‬ﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺟﻢ‪.٢;/‬‬
‫‪ •/$) Color Paper‬ﻣﻠﻮ‡(‪ 34= :‬ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰ… ﻣﻦ ‪$ ٧٥‬ﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺟﻢ‪.٢;/‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪) First Page ٥‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ‪$‬ﻟﻰ(‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ=ﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻧﻮ„ =‪ 34‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﻮ„‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ‪F‬ﺟﺰ
ء ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪ 34‬ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ=ﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ =‪ 34‬ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ=ﻟﻰ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ‪Multi-purpose Tray‬‬
‫)
ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪
"#‬ﻷﻏﺮ
Š( ==‪ 34‬ﻋﺎ‪$ {#‬ﻟﻰ ‪) Tray1‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .(١‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪Tray1 #‬‬
‫)
ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ (١‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Source 4‬ﻟﻤﺼﺪ‪= (/‬ﺣﺪ‪) Multi-Purpose Tray #‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪ 74‬ﻷﻏﺮ‪ (Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) First Page 4‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ‪$‬ﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Copies ١‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Copies 4‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ( ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪$ ١‬ﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٩٩‬ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Scaling ٦‬ﻟﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Scaling 4‬ﻟﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ( ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮ
ء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ‪ =F‬ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪) None‬ﺑﺪ‪) Reduce/Enlarge= (‡$‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ( =‪) Fit to Page‬ﺣﺘﻮء ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Size ٢‬ﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Size 4‬ﻟﺤﺠﻢ( ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ =F E‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ "E‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢١‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻛﺎ… ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪ‪ œ4‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪) Size‬ﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪= .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Custom Page Size‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪ 34‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ =ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.E‬‬
‫• ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ =‪ 34‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢١‬‬
‫‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺬ{‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪.34‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ
‬
‫‪) Advanced Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ(‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ; ﺧﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪
) Graphic‬ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪
(,‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻮ‪
"#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫
ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Advanced Options 4‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Graphics‬ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ
( ﻟﻌﺮŠ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ‪#F‬ﻧﺎ‪.E‬‬
‫• ‪) TrueType Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ :(TrueType /‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪#‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ً‬
‫=ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬ ﳋﻴﺎ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ‪6‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪،Windows 9x/Me‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮ? ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫@‬
‫ ‪) Download as Bit Image‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﺼﻮ‪ 7/‬ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ ،4‬ﻳﻘﻮ;‬‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺨﻂ ﻛﺼﻮ‪ 4‬ﻧﻘﻄﻴﺔ‪= .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮ‰ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ"‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻮ‪4‬ﻳﺔ ‪
=F‬ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪
=F ،‬ﻟﺨﻄﻮ‰ ﻷﺧﺮƒ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪F‬ﻧﻮ
ﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ‪F‬ﺳﺮ„‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻫﺬ
ﻹﻋﺪ
‪.#‬‬
‫ ‪) Print as Graphics‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ
(‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ ،4‬ﻳﻘﻮ; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬‫ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪F‬ﻳﺔ ﺧﻄﻮ‰ ﻛﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪ .,‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬ﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪# ,‬ﻗﻴﻘﺔ =ﺧﻄﻮ‰‬
‫‪ TrueType‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮ… ‪
#F‬ء )ﺳﺮﻋﺔ( ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﺴًّﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻫﺬ
ﻹﻋﺪ
‪.#‬‬
‫• ‪) Print All Text Black‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮ‡ ﻷﺳﻮ‪ :(4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪4‬‬
‫‪) Print All Text Black‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮ‡ ﻷﺳﻮ‪ ،(4‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪#‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮ… ﻷﺳﻮ‪
#‬ﻟﺨﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﻮ… ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Quality‬ﻟﺠﻮ‪(74‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Resolution <F‬ﻟﺪﻗﺔ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ @‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻄﺮ? ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫
‪4‬ﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮƒ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪4
،,
#‬ﺗﻔﻌﺖ ‪4#‬ﺟﺔ ﺣﺪ" ==ﺿﻮž ﻟﺤﺮ=‪
M‬ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ =
ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪= .,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ …F‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ‪%‬ﻳﺎ‪ "#‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ً ,
#‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪%‬ﻳﺎ‪
"#‬ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Darken Text‬ﺗﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﻟﻨﺺ(‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Darken Text 4‬ﺗﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﻟﻨﺺ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫
ﻟﺴﻤﺎž ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻮ‪ b‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪ‪4‬ﺟﺔ ‪F‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺘﻴﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻌﺎ‪ .{#‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ< ﻫﺬ‪ K‬ﳌﻴﺰ‪.#‬‬
‫‪$) Color Mode‬ﺿﻊ ﻷﻟﻮ‡(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻷﻟﻮ
…‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Color‬ﻟﻮ‡( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪F‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮ‪"#‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ }$ .‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻠﻮ… ﺑﺘﺪ‪4 œ4‬ﻣﺎ‪ ،{#‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Grayscale‬ﺗﺪ‪ §/‬ﻟﺮﻣﺎ‪ ,#4F }$= .(œ4‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻷﻟﻮ
… ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Manual‬ﻳﺪ‪ (œ$‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Color Adjust 4‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﻟﻮ‡( ‪=F‬‬
‫‪) Color Matching‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﻟﻮ‡(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Color Adjust‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﻟﻮ‡(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺼﻮ‪ 4‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪,
#‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Levels 4‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Color Matching‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﻟﻮ‡(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺼﻮ‪ 4‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫
ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Settings 4‬ﻹﻋﺪ‪.(
4‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9‬ﻳﺎ‪
4‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺣﻮ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻹﺧﺮ
œ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ; ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) About‬ﺣﻮ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ( ﻟﻌﺮŠ ‪$‬ﺷﻌﺎ‪ 4‬ﺣﻘﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻨﺸﺮ =‪4‬ﻗﻢ ‪$‬ﺻﺪ
‪ 4‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ }$= .‬ﻛﺎ… ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮŠ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬ﻣﺰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ =ﻳﺐ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٢‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ‬
‫
ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪ (
4‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪) Printers‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮŠ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫
ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .Windows XP‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫
ﻷﺧﺮƒ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ‪
=F Windows‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫‪
١‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪ( ﻓﻲ ‪.Window‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺣﺪ‪) Printers and Faxes #‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
‪$‬ﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪/ #‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﺎ=‪
¢‬ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ‪4 3‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ "ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪.,
4‬‬
‫‪) Watermark ١‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮ‪ "4‬ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫‪
4‬ﺟﻊ "
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢٢‬‬
‫‪) Overlay ٢‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺮ
ﻛﺒﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻨﻤﺎ}œ ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ‪
=F‬ﻟﻮ‪
{} 34‬ﻟﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺮ
ﻛﺒﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ‪#‬ﻋﻢ ﻣﻴﺰ" ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.NT 4.0‬‬
‫‪) Output Options ٣‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻹﺧﺮ§(‬
‫• ‪) Print Order‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻟﺬ{ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ً ,‬‬
‫=ﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎ‪ :(œ4‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ‪ =F‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ¯ﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ‪) Reverse All Pages‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ
(‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪,‬‬‫ﻣﻦ ¯ﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ‪ =F‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪) Print Odd Pages‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻓﺮ‪4‬ﻳﺔ(‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪,
} ,‬‬‫
ﻷ‪4‬ﻗﺎ; ﻟﻔﺮ‪#‬ﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪) Print Even Pages‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
‪$9‬ﺟﻴﺔ(‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪,
} ,‬‬‫
ﻷ‪4‬ﻗﺎ; ﻟﺰ=ﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪8 1‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Favorites 4‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪
= ،‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﺮŠ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪#$‬ﺧﺎ ‪) Favorites‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Save 3‬ﺣﻔﻆ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ‪) Favorites‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮ‪ ،²‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Favorites‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪= .‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻊ =ﻓﻖ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
) Favorites #‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ( ﻟﺬ{ ﺣﺪ‪#‬ﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬ‪ M‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪
) Favorites‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Delete‬ﺣﺬ®(‪.‬‬
‫=ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﺘﻌﺎ‪
"#‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪) Printer Default‬ﻓﺘﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ
‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Help 4‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ
(‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺪ; ﻟﻚ ﺷﺎﺷﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻫﺬ‪ E‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰ
‪
,‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪$ {F 3‬ﻋﺪ
‪.#‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ{ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ‪/$‬ﻗﺔ ‪$‬ﺣﺪ‪7‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮž ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ =ﻣﻬﺎ; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪
،‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ =
ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻫﺬ
‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ‪ M‬ﻃﺮ
‪
%‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪$ .‬ﻻ ‪ …F‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ"‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‪ .‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪F‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ‪$‬ﻧﻘﺎ‪ b‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪= ,‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ =ﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ E#‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﺟﺮ
ء‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٦‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Multiple Pages per Side‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪ‪ 74‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(£‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ )‪ (١٦ =F ٩ =F ٦ =F ٤ =F ٢ =F ١‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Pages per Side‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ‪/$‬ﻗﺔ ‪$‬ﺣﺪ‪7‬‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎ
‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ
‬
‫• ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪$‬ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻮ‪/‬ﻗﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‰ ‪ $‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‰‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ •/$‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ
ﻟﻤﺘﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ }$ ٤‬ﻟﺰ; ﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪) Page Order‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Print Page Border‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺪ‪ 4$‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ( ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺪ ﺣﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ (•/‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ
‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎ
‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﻮ… ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ =
ﺣﺪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4= ٤‬ﻗﺎ‪4= ٩ =F ,‬ﻗﺎ‪١٦ =F ,‬‬
‫=‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪}= ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﺮŠ ﻟﺼﻖ ‪F‬ﻓﺮ‪
µ‬ﻟﻮ‪ 34‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫ً‬
‫=‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ =ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﻲ ﻟﻮ‪$ 34‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪) Poster #‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(£‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Booklet Printing‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ
( ﻣﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(£‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ }$ .٤×٤ =F ٣×٣ =F ٢×٢‬ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،٢×٢‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ =‪ 34‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪$ Letter $ A4‬‬
‫‪ Folio =F Legal‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Size 4‬ﻟﺤﺠﻢ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪.(•/‬‬
‫‪٢×٢‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ ،(•/‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣×٣‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
‪ =F ,‬ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﺻﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻟﺼﻖ ﻷ=‪ 3
4‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪= ,‬ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٫٨١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٣٫٨١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ (•/‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﻖ ﻷ=‪3
4‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪" .‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪$‬ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻮ‪/‬ﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪
E‬ﻟﻮ‪.34‬‬
‫
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪) Double-sided Printing‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺰ‪
œ=#‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪8) Printer Setting‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ ،4‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﺬ{ ‪F‬ﺟﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ< ﻫﺬ‪ K‬ﳌﻴﺰ‪.#‬‬
‫• ‪) None‬ﺑﺪ‪(‡$‬‬
‫• ‪) Long Edge‬ﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ(‪= ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ{ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Short Edge‬ﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮ‪= ،(7‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻣﻊ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫
ﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮ"‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫
ﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ =ﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎ‪
=F ,‬ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺸﻔﺎ‪
=F M‬ﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎ‪
=F ,‬ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆ‪ƒ#‬‬
‫
ﻧﺤﺸﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪$ 34‬ﻟﻰ ‪$‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪F 3‬ﺿﺮ
‪ 4‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪F‬ﺣﺠﺎ; ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪Letter= A4 :‬‬
‫=‪ ،Folio= Legal‬ﺑﻮ‪ …%‬ﻣﻦ ‪$ ٧٥‬ﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺟﻢ‪.٢;/‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ ،(•/‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =ﺣﺪ" ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ=ﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪F‬ﺧﺮƒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ً‬
‫‪=F‬ﻻ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮ‪ #‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷ= ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Printing Tip‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪
.‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‰ ‪ $‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‰‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ •/$‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ‪F‬ﻛﺒﺮ ‪F =F‬ﺻﻐﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ {F‬ﺣﺠﻢ =‪ 34‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ E‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺗﻬﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪M‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ ،(•/‬ﺣﺪ‪) Reduce/Enlarge #‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(£‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Paper‬ﻟﻮ‪ ،(•/‬ﺣﺪ‪) Fit to Page #‬ﺣﺘﻮء ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Type‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(£‬‬
‫‪#F ٣‬ﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻹ‪#‬ﺧﺎ ‪) Percentage‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪4‬‬
‫‪=F‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Target Page‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻬﺪ®(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪) Paper Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻮ‪.(•/‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪) Paper Options‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻮ‪.(•/‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪8‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Watermark 4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ .#‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪) DRAFT‬ﻣﺴﻮ‪) CONFIDENTIAL =F ("#‬ﺳﺮ{( ﺑﺄﺣﺮ‪M‬‬
‫‪4‬ﻣﺎ‪#‬ﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ" ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ=ﻟﻰ ‪ =F‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،(
4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Edit Watermark‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪ" ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪ‪ً "#‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ‪$ =F‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪F‬ﺧﺮƒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ" ‪$‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪74‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،(
4‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Watermark‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺻﻮ‪
"4‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٣‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪/) Watermark Message‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪#$‬ﺧﺎ ‪ً ٤٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻛﺤﺪ ‪F‬ﻗﺼﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮŠ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪) First Page Only‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻷ=ﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮ‪
"4‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺪ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻢ ﻟﺨﻂ =ﻧﻤﻄﻪ =ﺣﺠﻤﻪ =ﻣﺴﺘﻮƒ ﺗﺪ‪
œ4‬ﻟﺮﻣﺎ‪ {#‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫‪) Font Attributes‬ﺳﻤﺎ
ﻟﺨﻂ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪=
%‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫‪$9) Message Angle‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮŠ ﺻﻮ‪
"4‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ" ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺪ‪ F‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪> <No Watermark> #‬ﺑﺪ‪ ‡$‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ< ﻣﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Watermark‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ
ﻟﻤﺘﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ؟‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،(
4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪#‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪) Watermark‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Edit Watermark‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dear ABC‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Current Watermarks‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎ
‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪4‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ =
ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪.,
4‬‬
‫‪Regards‬‬
‫‪WORLD BEST‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Update 3‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ( ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ
‪.,‬‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ "4‬ﻋﻦ ﻧﺺ =‪ =F/‬ﺻﻮ‪ 4‬ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ )‪ (HDD‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎ‪%‬‬
‫
ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺧﺎ‪ b‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ {F‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺘﺮ
ﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻨﻤﺎ}œ ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ‪
=F‬ﻟﻮ‪
{} 34‬ﻟﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻮ‪{} 34‬‬
‫
ﻟﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮ„ ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪"#‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮ‪
{} 34‬ﻟﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﺎ’ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; =‪ 34‬ﺑﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺷﻌﺎ‪ 4‬ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫
ﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ =‪ 34‬ﺑﺮ‪F‬ﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮ„ ً‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﺘﺮ
ﻛﺒﺔ }
‪F4 ,‬ﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺨﺮ=œ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ‪#‬ﻋﻢ ﻣﻴﺰ" ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.NT 4.0‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ® ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪8‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺎ‪ =F 4‬ﺻﻮ‪."4‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺺ ‪ =F‬ﺻﻮ‪ =F "4‬ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪4‬ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪
،(
4‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫‪) Watermark‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Edit Watermark‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪WORLD BEST‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،(
4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪#‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪) Overlay‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Current Watermarks‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎ
ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Delete 3‬ﺣﺬ®(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺨﺮ=œ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮ‪
"4‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Edit Overlay‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ(‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪8) Create Overlay‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰ
ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ‪ =F‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 .‬ﺟﻊ‬
‫"ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪.(
4‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪) Overlay‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪ; ﻇﻬﻮ‪ 4‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Overlay‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( =‪) Load Overlay‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻓﻲ ‪$‬ﻃﺎ‪$) Create Overlay 4‬ﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ(‪
،‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺳﻤًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪) File name‬ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻀﺮ=‪ ،"4‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)
ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.(C:\Formover‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪ‪ 4‬ﺧﺎ‪4‬ﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Load Overlay‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Open 3‬ﻓﺘﺢ(‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪) Overlay List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ( =ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ً‬
‫‪) Overlay List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Save 3‬ﺣﻔﻆ(‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪) Overlay List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٧‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ‪) Yes =F‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫=ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ }ﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎ‪
%‬ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ …F‬ﻳﻜﻮ… ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪
,‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Confirm Page Overlay When Printing 3‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ‪ }$‬ﻟﺰ; ﻷﻣﺮ‪ }$ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻫﺬ‪ E‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪ ،"#‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪4‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ" ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪4$‬ﺳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ =ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ‪4‬ﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻣﺎ ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻫﺬ‪ E‬ﻣﺤﺪ‪= "#‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ‪) Yes =F‬ﻧﻌﻢ( ﻟﺘﺒﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ =ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻜﻮ… ‪#‬ﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﺬ{ ﺳﻮ‪ M‬ﺗﻄﺒﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ
;‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ® ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬ‪ M‬ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺒﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪9) Extras‬ﻳﺎ‪.(
4‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Edit 4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪) Overlay‬ﺗﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺘﺮ
ﻛﺐ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪) Overlay List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Delete Overlay 3‬ﺣﺬ® ﻟﺘﺮﻛﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ 4‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪4‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺨﺮ=œ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎ‪/‬ﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠ ًﻴﺎ‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ً" ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﺪ‪= ،#‬ﻳُﺴﻤﻰ "
ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ"‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫
ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .Windows XP‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫
ﻷﺧﺮƒ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ‪
=F Windows‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎ
‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎ; )‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ( ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺘﻮ
ﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
.‬ﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮ
ﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ "
ﻟﺘﻮ
ﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ﻣﻦ "ﻣﻮ
ﺻﻔﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪ( ﺣﺪ‪) Printers and Faxes #‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
‪$‬ﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪/ 3‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Printer‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪) Sharing #‬ﻣﺸﺎ‪/‬ﻛﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ‪) Share this printer‬ﻣﺸﺎ‪/‬ﻛﺔ ﻫﺬ‰ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ‪) Shared Name‬ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺎ‪/‬ﻛﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﺎ=‪
¢‬ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Start 4‬ﺑﺪ( ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Explore‬ﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ®(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Start‬ﺑﺪ( ﺣﺪ‪) Printers and Faxes #‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
‪$‬ﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪/ 3‬ﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Printer‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪،‬ﺣﺪ‪) Properties #‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Ports‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ( ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add Port 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺣﺪ‪) Local Port #‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ( ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) New Port 3‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪48) Enter a port name‬ﺧﺎ‪ #‬ﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ( ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
١٠‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﺛﻢ ﻓﻮ‪8) Close 3‬ﻏﻼ•(‪.‬‬
‫‪
١١‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Apply 3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ( ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫
ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻮ‪
#‬ﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎ‪4‬ﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴًﺎ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ؛ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶ(‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﺒﻠﻐﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪" .‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows 98‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Windows NT 4.0‬‬‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ (.‬ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ؛ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Internet Explorer‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬‫‪.HTML‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪" ٢‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ" ‪Buy Now‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪" ٣‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ" ‪Troubleshooting Guide‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ‪ .Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪" ٤‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ‪Printer Setting‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪SyncThru Web Service‬‬
‫"ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻟـ ‪ "SyncThru‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ
ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫‪" ٥‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ‪Driver Setting‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ؛ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ‪" Printer Settings‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٨‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ "ﺑﺪء" ‪ Start‬ﺣﺪﺩ "ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ" ‪ Programs‬ﺃﻭ "ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ" ‪All Programs‬‬
‫← ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ← "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪.Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؛ ﻓﻘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻃﺎﺭ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ" ‪.Troubleshooting Guide‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪Smart Panel‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ "ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ" ‪.Options‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ "ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ‪ Windows‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ "ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ‪.Printer Setting‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ "ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ" ‪.Apply‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪SyncThru Web Service‬‬
‫"ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻟـ ‪ "SyncThru‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮŠ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪) Printer Settings Utility ,‬ﻷ‪ 74‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﻹﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪F‬ﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
،,‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﺎ=‪
¢‬ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ‪ {F 3‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻧﺺ ‪4 =F‬ﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫“?‪) ”What’s this‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬ
(؟‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Smart Panel‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"‬
‫‪ :Display when job is finished for network printer‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ "ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻚ‪) .‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ"‬
‫‪ :Display when error occurs during printing‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ "ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪ Smart Panel‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ" ‪ :Display with‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻹﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ "ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ )"ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ" ‪"(Smart Panel‬‬
‫)‪ ،Popup window (smart panel‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎ ﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫‪:Launch Job Monitor when the job is saved in the printer‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪) .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻦ‪(.‬‬
‫"ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ"‬
‫‪ :Schedule an automatic status checking every‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻵﺧﺮﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﺜﻔﺔ؛ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻷﻱ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Linux‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ
ﻟﻨﻈﺎ‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Linux‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤﺔ‬
‫• ‪
= Redhat 7.1‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪
= Linux Mandrake 8.0‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ
ﻟﻨﻈﺎ‪1‬‬
‫• ‪
= SuSE 7.1‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ‪
= Caldera OpenLinux 3.1‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ‪
= Turbo Linux 7.0‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ‪8‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ‪
= Slackware 8.1‬ﻹﺻﺪ
‪
,
4‬ﻷﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 74 1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ
ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪ Pentium IV‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪F =F‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪LLPR‬‬
‫• }
ﻛﺮ" =ﺻﻮ ﻋﺸﻮ
ﺋﻲ )‪ (RAM‬ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪F =F‬ﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫• ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻗﺮ‪ b‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪F =F‬ﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫• ‪$ =F Glibc 2.1‬ﺻﺪ
‪F 4‬ﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ‪$ =F GTK+ 1.2‬ﺻﺪ
‪F 4‬ﺣﺪ¿‬
‫• ‪GhostScript‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎ
‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪
= Linux‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻫﺬ
ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪$ .‬ﻻ ‪ …F‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ :‬ﳌﻀﻐﻮ‪ P‬ﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪) Expert‬ﺧﺒﻴﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Begin Install‬ﺑﺪء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ =
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Administrator Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪#‬ﺧﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﺆ=(‪
،‬ﻛﺘﺐ "‪ "root‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ‪) Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ‪ ،(#‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ )‪ (root‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ
‪.‬‬
‫
ﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆ= ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪
،Terminal‬ﻛﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪[root@local /root]# mount -t iso9660 / dev/ hdc/ mnt/ cdrom‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮ
Š ‪ / dev/ hdc …F‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =‪ …F‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫‪(/ mnt/ cdrom‬‬
‫‪) [root@local /root]# cd /mnt/cdrom‬ﻣﺴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰(‬
‫‪[root@local cdrom]# ./setup.sh‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪F #‬ﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻧﻮ„ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪$ ،‬ﻣﺎ ‪) Recommended‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ( ‪) Expert =F‬ﺧﺒﻴﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Continue‬ﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪.(/‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪
.(Linux‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫
ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪8) Add Printer‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻷ‪F ,
=#‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Administrator Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪#‬ﺧﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﺆ=(‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎ;‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ "‪ "root‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ‪) Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ‪ ،(#‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪4‬‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻮ„ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪) Recommended‬ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ( ‪=F‬ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ =ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎœ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ‪{F‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‪= .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪) Expert‬ﺧﺒﻴﺮ( ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ =F‬ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪ‪ F‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Start 3‬ﺑﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﺣﺪ‪) Recommended ,#‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ(‪
،‬ﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ" ‪.٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮŠ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪ .‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ" ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪F "#‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪$) Add a Printer‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ }$ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،PS‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.PS‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Linux‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Connection‬ﺗﺼﺎ‪= (#‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎ‪.%‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪$ USB‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻤﺘﻮ
‪
=F {%‬ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ‪F‬ﺛﻨﺎء ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪ
;‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪}= ،Linux‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪
.‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ
‪,‬‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ =
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Administrator Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪#‬ﺧﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﺆ=(‪
،‬ﻛﺘﺐ "‪ "root‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫
ﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪) Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ‪ ،(#‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ )‪ (root‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ
‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪
.‬ﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆ= ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪
،Startup Menu‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰء ﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪ ،Linux Printer‬ﺛﻢ ‪.Configuration Tool‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪}= ،(Linux‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ "‪ "linux-config‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Terminal‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪8) Settings‬ﻋﺪ‪= (
4‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪) Queue‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪ (/‬ﻟﻌﺮŠ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
}$ ،,
#‬‬
‫ﻟﺰ; ﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫‪) Description‬ﻟﻮﺻﻒ( ‪) Location$‬ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Queue‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪،(/‬‬
‫=}ﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ;‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪
،(Linux‬ﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪8) Add Printer‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻷ‪
,
=#‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪F #‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Connection‬ﺗﺼﺎ‪
(#‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪F "#‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‬
‫‪$) Add a Printer‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ }$ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎ‪.%‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮ=œ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ‪
…F‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ" ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺠﺎž‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ (Linux‬ﻣﺮ"‬
‫‪F‬ﺧﺮƒ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ
(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮŠ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ }$ ،‬ﻟﺰ; ﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪
"
#F‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣٢‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Linux‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 74 1‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪
،Startup Menu‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰء ﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪ ،Linux Printer‬ﺛﻢ ‪.Configuration Tool‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮ; ‪
"
#F‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻬﺎ; ﻹ‪4
#‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ }ﻟﻚ ‪$‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ" =‪
%$‬ﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪= ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺎ‪#‬ﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷ‪ "
#‬ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻗﻮ
ﺋﻢ ﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﻬﺎ;‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ =ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ‪
"
#F) Configuration Tool‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ(‪:‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪
،Startup Menu‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪F "#‬ﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ ،Linux Printer #‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪ 74) Configuration Tool‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ(‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‬
‫‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪.(Linux‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻣﻦ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪}= ،Terminal‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ "‪."linux-config‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪}= ،(Linux‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ "‪ "linux-config‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Terminal‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،(Linux‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪8) Uninstall‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Administrator Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪#‬ﺧﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﺆ=(‪
.‬ﻛﺘﺐ "‪ "root‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫‪) Login‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ‪ ،(#‬ﺛﻢ ‪#F‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Proceed‬ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮŠ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ (Linux‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰء ﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪F .‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺠﺰء ﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮŠ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﺣﻮ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪ "#‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ }$ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺪ ً‪
#‬ﻵ…‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺧﻮ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ )‪ (root‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ
‪.‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪
.‬ﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻟﺮﺟﻮ„ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆ= ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; ‪ }$‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺗﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
.‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Yes 3‬ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪8) Complete uninstall #‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪8) Uninstall‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﻟﺒﺪء ‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Finished 3‬ﻧﺘﻬﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮŠ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ
( ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪Go to the Web page for this 3‬‬
‫‪) printer‬ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎ‪8 #‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﻳﺐ( ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Job‬ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ( ﻟﻔﺤﺺ =‪ "4
#$‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻤﻬﺎ; ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪."#‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﻳﻘﺎ‪ M‬ﻣﻬﻤﺔ )ﻣﻬﺎ;( ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ً‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ‪
=F ،‬ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪ =F ،‬ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪ }$= .4‬ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ )ﻣﻬﺎ;( ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ‪$‬ﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪F‬ﺧﺮƒ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) LLPR Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ (LLPR‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮ‪
3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪
،Startup Menu‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪F #‬ﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪ ،Linux Printer #‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪.Linux LPR‬‬
‫• ‪ }$‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Linux Printer Configuration‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ (Linux‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫
ﻵ…‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪) Test Print #‬ﺧﺘﺒﺎ‪ /‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) LLPR Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪.(LLPR‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ… ﻟﻌﺎ‪#‬ﻳﻮ… ﺗﺠﺎ=‪
%‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮƒ ﻟﻨﻈﺎ; =
ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ; ﻟﻤﺴﺆ= ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﻌﺎ‪ {#‬ﻓﻮ‪) Apply 3‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬ‪E‬‬
‫
ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; =ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ }$ .LLPR‬ﻛﺎ…‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺴﺆ= ﻳﻘﻮ; ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪
"
#F‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪ ,
#‬ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮŠ ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪LLPR‬‬
‫• ‪) General‬ﻋﺎ‪ - (1‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪= 34‬ﻧﻮﻋﻪ =ﻣﺼﺪ‪
= E4‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪,‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ‪$‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﻌﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﺒﺪ
ﻳﺔ =
ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ =ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫=ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ" ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻜﻞ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪}= ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) LLPR Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪.(LLPR‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) LLPR Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪:(LLPR‬‬
‫• ‪) Margins‬ﻫﻮﻣﺶ( ‪ -‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺶ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮŠ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪,‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻬﻮ
ﻣﺶ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪,‬‬
‫‪ PostScript‬ﻋﺎ‪#‬ﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻷﻣﺮ ‪) Print‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪
،Linux LPR‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Properties 3‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Image‬ﺻﻮ‪ - (7/‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﺼﻮ‪
4‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،4‬ﻛﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﻼ‪ M‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪$ PostScript ,‬ﻟﻰ ‪ LLPR‬ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﻷ=
ﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻷﻟﻮ
… ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪.postscript ,‬‬
‫• ‪) Text‬ﻧﺺ( ‪ -‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻨﺺ =ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰ" ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﺠﻤﻞ ‪$ =F‬ﻳﻘﺎ‪ M‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ - HP-GL/٢‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪$‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪ ,‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪HP-‬‬
‫‪
GL/٢‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺮ
ﺳﻤﺎ‪.,‬‬
‫
ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪Properties 3‬‬
‫)ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Advanced‬ﺧﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺠﺎ=‪
%‬ﻹﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ }$‬ﻧﻘﺮ‪ ,‬ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺰ‪) Save 4‬ﺣﻔﻆ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺠﺰء ﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎ‪ ²‬ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪,
4‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺟﻠﺴﺎ‪.LLPR ,‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ; ﻟﺰ‪) Help 4‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ
( ﻟﻌﺮŠ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ"‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Linux‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
،,
4‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪) LLPR Properties 7‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫‪ .(LLPR‬ﺳﺘﻌﻮ‪$ #‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪ .Linux LPR‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮ
ﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ }ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ =
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٢‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪
Macintosh‬ﻟﻤﺰ=‪ "#‬ﺑﻮ
ﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺼﺎ ‪ =F ،USB‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺼﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ‪ .Base-TX 100/10‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎ‪ %‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ CUPS‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪.PPD‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪4 3‬ﻣﺰ ‪
CD-ROM‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪) Installer‬ﻟﻤﺜﺒﱢﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ< ﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ S6‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺼﺎ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪Z ،‬ﻟﻚ ﲟﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﳉﺰ‪ 1‬ﳋﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻴﺎ‪Printer Specifications F‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺻﻔﺎ< ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪) Printer‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪Samsung SPLC Installer‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺜﺒﱢﺖ ‪.(Samsung SPLC‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ
ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪#F ٧‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪ ،4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺨﺎ¾ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ‪ 1‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Samsung SPL Installer‬ﻣﺜﺒﱢﺖ ‪
.(Samsung SPL‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Continue‬ﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،(/‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Continue 3‬ﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪.(/‬‬
‫• ‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫• ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺣﺪ‪) Easy Install #‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻬﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Install 3‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Quit 3‬ﺧﺮ‪.(§$‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺨﺎ¾ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ‪ 1‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻘﻴﺎ; ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ =F‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮ{ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PPD‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ =F CUPS‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Apple LaserWriter‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،(PostScript‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪4 3‬ﻣﺰ ‪
CD-ROM‬ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻮ‪ 3‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪) Installer‬ﻟﻤﺜﺒﱢﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪#F ١‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮ‰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ‡ ﻷﻗﺮ
‪
b‬ﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪) Printer‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ
‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Mac OS 10.3 ~ 10.4‬‬
‫}
ﻛﺮ" ﻟﻮﺻﻮ ﻟﻌﺸﻮ
ﺋﻲ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺰ‪=#‬ﺟﺎ ﻓﻮ‪
3‬ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪Samsung SPLC Installer‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮ
‬
‫‪
٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﺜﺒﱢﺖ ‪.(Samsung SPLC‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻘﺮ‪
b‬ﻟﺤﺮ"‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪#F ٦‬ﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮ=‪ ،4‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) OK 3‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ‪) Samsung SPL Installer‬ﻣﺜﺒﱢﺖ ‪
.(Samsung SPL‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) Continue‬ﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،(/‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Continue 3‬ﺳﺘﻤﺮ‪.(/‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺣﺪ‪8) Uninstall #‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Uninstall 3‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪$‬ﺗﻤﺎ; ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪
،‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Quit 3‬ﺧﺮ‪.(§$‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻋﺎ‪USB 1‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ -‬ﺳﻮ
ء ﻛﺎ… ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ =F‬ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪
١‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻮ
‪ "#4‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ "Macintosh‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٤‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻔﺎ‪= PPD ,‬ﻋﻮ
ﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Filters‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻓﺘﺢ ‪) Print Setup Utility‬ﻷ‪ 74‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﻹﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫‪) Utilities‬ﻷ‪ $4‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪.(7‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ< ﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ S6‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪Z ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮ‪+ 0‬ﻟﻰ ﳉﺰ‪ 1‬ﳋﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺨﻴﺎ‪F‬‬
‫‪) Printer Specifications‬ﻣﻮﺻﻔﺎ< ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻓﻲ ‪) Printer List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪
١‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻮ
‪ "#4‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ "Macintosh‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٤‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻔﺎ‪= PPD ,‬ﻋﻮ
ﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Filters‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺣﺪ‪ Samsung #‬ﻣﻦ ‪) Printer Model‬ﻃﺮ‪ 9‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( =ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪) Model Name‬ﺳﻢ ﻟﻄﺮ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻓﺘﺢ ‪) Print Setup Utility‬ﻷ‪ 74‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﻹﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫‪) Utilities‬ﻷ‪ $4‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪.(7‬‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻓﻲ ‪) Printer List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪) Printer List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
(‪= ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) IP Printing‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪.(IP‬‬
‫‪ Printer Type.‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Socket/HP Jet Direct‬اﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺕﺤﺴﻴﻦ أداء اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ Printer Type.‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎر‬
‫‪#F ٥‬ﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪
IP‬ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪) Printer Address‬ﻋﻨﻮ‡ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪#F ٦‬ﺧﻞ ﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻞ ‪) Queue Name‬ﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪ }$ .(/‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻠﻘﻢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎ= ً‬
‫‪=F‬ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ‪4‬‬
‫
ﻻﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺣﺪ‪ Samsung #‬ﻣﻦ ‪) Printer Model‬ﻃﺮ‪ 9‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( =ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪) Model Name‬ﺳﻢ ﻟﻄﺮ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪
٨‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Add 3‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻮ
… ‪
IP‬ﻟﺨﺎ‪ b‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪) Printer List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎ
(‪= ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺘﺮ
ﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎ‪ "#‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺣﺪ‪) Print #‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻢ‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺬ{ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪}= ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪= .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪ
ﻻﺳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ… ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻜﻮ… ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎ
‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ‪ Macintosh‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬ" ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ "#‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪ; =}ﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪$ .‬ﻻ ‪ …F‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬ" ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻢ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ :‬ﳌﻀﻐﻮ‪ P‬ﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Layout‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ﺧﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ M‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎœ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﻧﻈﺎ; ‪$ Macintosh‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪ #‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪
.‬ﺗﺒﻊ ﻟﺨﻄﻮ
‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎ‪ %‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ; ‪.Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪) Layout #‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪8) Presets‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ( ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪
4 ،‬ﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"" ﻓﻲ‬
‫
ﻟﻌﻤﻮ‪
#‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪
١‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٢‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪8) Page Setup 3‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‬
‫)‪8) Document Setup‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ‪.(,‬‬
‫‪
٣‬ﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪
= 34‬ﺗﺠﺎ‪
E‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ =
ﻟﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ‪= ،‬ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻷﺧﺮƒ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪3‬‬
‫‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫
ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Mac OS 10.3‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Mac OS 10.3‬‬
‫‪
٤‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Print 3‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪
٥‬ﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،E‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪
٦‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Print 3‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪.,
4‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ‪ 7‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ‪/$‬ﻗﺔ ‪$‬ﺣﺪ‪7‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪) Printer Features‬ﻣﻴﺰ
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺧﻴﺎ‪ ,
4‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮ„ ﻟﻮ‪34‬‬
‫=ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮ‪
"#‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪F‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‪= ،‬ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬ‪
E‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ" ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﻮ‪.,
#‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ‪) Printer Features #‬ﻣﻴﺰ
ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪8) Presets‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ( ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ ‪$‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
‪
,‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺣﺪ‪) Print #‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) File‬ﻣﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺣﺪ‪) Layout #‬ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Mac OS 10.3‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ‪ £‬ﻟﻮ‪•/‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﻮ„ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮ‪
34‬ﻟﻤﺤﻤﱠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ M‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬ
ﻹﺟﺮ
ء ﻟﺤﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧُﺴﺦ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮ‪."#‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻗﺔ )ﻟﺠﻮ‪(74‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻴﺎ‪) Resolution <F‬ﻟﺪﻗﺔ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ @‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻄﺮ? ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪#‬ﻗﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ‪4‬ﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪= #
% ،‬ﺿﻮž ﻟﺤﺮ=‪
M‬ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ =
ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪.,‬‬
‫=ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ …F‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ‪%‬ﻳﺎ‪ "#‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ً‬
‫‪F‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪%‬ﻳﺎ‪
"#‬ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Mac OS 10.3‬‬
‫‪$‬ﺿﻊ ﻷﻟﻮ‡‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ’ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ" ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪) Pages per Sheet‬ﻋﺪ‪ 4‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮ‪/‬ﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﺎ‪
,
4‬ﻷﻟﻮ
…‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Color‬ﻟﻮ‡( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪F‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮ‪"#‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ
‪
,‬ﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ }$ .‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻠﻮ… ﺑﺘﺪ‪4 œ4‬ﻣﺎ‪ ،{#‬ﺣﺪ‪#‬‬
‫‪) Grayscale‬ﺗﺪ‪ §/‬ﻟﺮﻣﺎ‪.(œ4‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺣﺪ‪ #‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪) Layout Direction 4‬ﺗﺠﺎ‰ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺪ ﺣﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮ‪4‬ﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺨﻴﺎ‪
4‬ﻟﺬ{ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ E‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫‪) Border‬ﺣﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ‪) Print 3‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‪= ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻘﻮ; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ‪
#‬ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻤﺤﺪ‪ #‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫=
ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻬﺮ‪3‬‬
‫‬
‫
ﺗﺠﺎ‪ ،E‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٣‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
,
#‬ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪
،‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪١٧‬‬
‫
ﻟﺒﺮ
ﻣﺞ‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺎ‪ "#‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٠‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٢ Linux‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١١‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٠ Linux‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‬
‫‪٢٩ Linux‬‬
‫
ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪٣٢ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١١‬‬
‫‪Ã‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٢ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١١‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪٣٠ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٤‬‬
‫
‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪٣٠ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ‬
‫‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ‪٢٥ M‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪
،,‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ ‪١٥‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎ‪١٥ 4‬‬
‫‪#‬ﻗﺔ‬
‫‪٣٧ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٥‬‬
‫=ﺿﻊ ﻟﺼﻮ‪١٥ "4‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪١٥‬‬
‫‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻟﻮ‪ ،34‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Á‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٣٣ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٦ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،,‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،,
#‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٣٣ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٦ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻮ‪ ،34‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪١٤‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪#‬ﻗﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٣٧ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٥‬‬
‫‪Â‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﺎ… ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪
،‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫
ﺣﺘﻮ
ء ﺿﻤﻦ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺠﻴﻢ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺮ
ﻛﺐ ‪٢٣‬‬
‫
ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫
ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ‪١٩ ,‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪٣٧ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎ; ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪À‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎ‪١٩ ,‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪ" ﺻﻔﺤﺎ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ =‪4‬ﻗﺔ =
ﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪٣٧ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪
،‬ﺳﺘﺨﺪ
; ‪١٨‬‬
‫‪£‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪$‬ﻧﺸﺎء ‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺬ‪٢٣ M‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪#‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪١٩‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪
,‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎ;‬
‫‪٢٩ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٤ Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪٣٦ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪ‪
4‬ﻟﻮ‪ ،34‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٣٣ Linux‬‬
‫‪F‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪١٤‬‬
‫‡‬
‫ﻧﻮ„ ﻟﻮ‪ ،34‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٣٣ Linux‬‬
‫‪٣٧ Macintosh‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪Linux‬‬
‫‪
"
#F‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫‪$‬ﻋﺪ
‪
#‬ﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪٣٥‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪$‬ﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪٣٦‬‬
www.samsungprinter.com
Rev. 1.03
Related documents
Samsung CLP-300 دليل المستخدم
Samsung CLP-300 دليل المستخدم
KYOCERA TASKalfa 5500i
KYOCERA TASKalfa 5500i
KYOCERA TASKalfa 3050ci
KYOCERA TASKalfa 3050ci
HP C4640 Setup Guide
HP C4640 Setup Guide
Manual DAC-1524 (a1-a3_1).indd
Manual DAC-1524 (a1-a3_1).indd
FCV-30
FCV-30
Quick Start Guide Guide de démarrage rapide Guía de iniciación
Quick Start Guide Guide de démarrage rapide Guía de iniciación
Samsung ML-2510 دليل المستخدم
Samsung ML-2510 دليل المستخدم